6665 lines
		
	
	
		
			256 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6665 lines
		
	
	
		
			256 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 | 
						|
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "Sema.h"
 | 
						|
#include "SemaInit.h"
 | 
						|
#include "Lookup.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
 | 
						|
// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
 | 
						|
#include <algorithm>
 | 
						|
#include <cstring>
 | 
						|
#include <functional>
 | 
						|
using namespace clang;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getDeclName - Return a pretty name for the specified decl if possible, or
 | 
						|
/// an empty string if not.  This is used for pretty crash reporting.
 | 
						|
std::string Sema::getDeclName(DeclPtrTy d) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *D = d.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
  if (NamedDecl *DN = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    return DN->getQualifiedNameAsString();
 | 
						|
  return "";
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(DeclPtrTy Ptr) {
 | 
						|
  return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr.getAs<Decl>()));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
 | 
						|
/// return the declaration of that type.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
 | 
						|
/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
 | 
						|
/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
 | 
						|
/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
 | 
						|
/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
 | 
						|
/// and then return NULL.
 | 
						|
Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						|
                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
 | 
						|
                                bool isClassName,
 | 
						|
                                TypeTy *ObjectTypePtr) {
 | 
						|
  // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (ObjectTypePtr) {
 | 
						|
    QualType ObjectType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ObjectTypePtr);
 | 
						|
    if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
 | 
						|
      LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
 | 
						|
  } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
 | 
						|
    LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!LookupCtx) {
 | 
						|
      if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
 | 
						|
        // C++ [temp.res]p3:
 | 
						|
        //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
 | 
						|
        //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
 | 
						|
        //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
 | 
						|
        //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
 | 
						|
        //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
 | 
						|
        // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
 | 
						|
        if (!isClassName)
 | 
						|
          return 0;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, so build a
 | 
						|
        // DependentNameType node to describe the type.
 | 
						|
        return CheckTypenameType(ETK_None,
 | 
						|
                                 (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep(),
 | 
						|
                                 II, SS->getRange()).getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
 | 
						|
        RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
 | 
						|
  // lookup for class-names.
 | 
						|
  LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
 | 
						|
                                      LookupOrdinaryName;
 | 
						|
  LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
 | 
						|
  if (LookupCtx) {
 | 
						|
    // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
 | 
						|
    // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
 | 
						|
    // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
 | 
						|
    // nested-name-specifier.
 | 
						|
    LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
 | 
						|
      //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
 | 
						|
      //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 
 | 
						|
      //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
 | 
						|
      //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
 | 
						|
      //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
 | 
						|
      LookupName(Result, S);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Perform unqualified name lookup.
 | 
						|
    LookupName(Result, S);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
  switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::NotFound:
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
 | 
						|
    Result.suppressDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
 | 
						|
    // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
 | 
						|
    // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
 | 
						|
    // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
 | 
						|
    // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
 | 
						|
    // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
 | 
						|
    if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
 | 
						|
      Result.suppressDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
 | 
						|
    for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
 | 
						|
         Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
 | 
						|
      if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!IIDecl ||
 | 
						|
            (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
 | 
						|
              IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
 | 
						|
          IIDecl = *Res;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!IIDecl) {
 | 
						|
      // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
 | 
						|
      // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
 | 
						|
      // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
 | 
						|
      // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
 | 
						|
      // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
 | 
						|
      // a type name.
 | 
						|
      Result.suppressDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
 | 
						|
    // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
 | 
						|
    // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
 | 
						|
    // perform the name lookup again.
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case LookupResult::Found:
 | 
						|
    IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType T;
 | 
						|
  if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (T.isNull())
 | 
						|
      T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (SS)
 | 
						|
      T = getQualifiedNameType(*SS, T);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
  } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
 | 
						|
  } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *UUDecl =
 | 
						|
               dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(IIDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: preserve source structure information.
 | 
						|
    T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, 
 | 
						|
                                     UUDecl->getTargetNestedNameSpecifier(), 
 | 
						|
                                     &II);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
 | 
						|
    Result.suppressDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return T.getAsOpaquePtr();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
 | 
						|
/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
 | 
						|
/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
 | 
						|
/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose cases in C
 | 
						|
/// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
 | 
						|
DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
 | 
						|
  LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
 | 
						|
  LookupName(R, S, false);
 | 
						|
  R.suppressDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
  if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
 | 
						|
    if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
 | 
						|
      switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
 | 
						|
      case TagDecl::TK_struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
 | 
						|
      case TagDecl::TK_union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
 | 
						|
      case TagDecl::TK_class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
 | 
						|
      case TagDecl::TK_enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 
 | 
						|
                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
 | 
						|
                                   Scope *S,
 | 
						|
                                   CXXScopeSpec *SS,
 | 
						|
                                   TypeTy *&SuggestedType) {
 | 
						|
  // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
 | 
						|
  SuggestedType = 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
 | 
						|
  // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
 | 
						|
  LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 
 | 
						|
                      NotForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) {
 | 
						|
    if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) {
 | 
						|
      if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) &&
 | 
						|
          !Result->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
 | 
						|
        if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
 | 
						|
          Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
 | 
						|
            << &II << Lookup.getLookupName()
 | 
						|
            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
 | 
						|
                                            Result->getNameAsString());
 | 
						|
        else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
 | 
						|
          Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 
 | 
						|
            << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange()
 | 
						|
            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc),
 | 
						|
                                            Result->getNameAsString());
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						|
          << Result->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS);
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (Lookup.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      // We corrected to a keyword.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
 | 
						|
      Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
 | 
						|
        << &II << Corrected;
 | 
						|
      return true;      
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
 | 
						|
    UnqualifiedId Name;
 | 
						|
    Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc);
 | 
						|
    CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
 | 
						|
    TemplateTy TemplateResult;
 | 
						|
    if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, Name, 0, true, TemplateResult)
 | 
						|
        == TNK_Type_template) {
 | 
						|
      TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
 | 
						|
      Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
 | 
						|
      if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
 | 
						|
          << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
 | 
						|
  // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
 | 
						|
    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II;
 | 
						|
  else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
 | 
						|
    Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 
 | 
						|
      << &II << DC << SS->getRange();
 | 
						|
  else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing)
 | 
						|
      << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName()
 | 
						|
      << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
 | 
						|
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
 | 
						|
    SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 
 | 
						|
           "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
 | 
						|
// context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
 | 
						|
// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
 | 
						|
DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
 | 
						|
  // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
 | 
						|
  // the context we'll need to return to.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
 | 
						|
    DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
 | 
						|
    // lexical context.
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
 | 
						|
      return DC;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
 | 
						|
    // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
 | 
						|
    // class is the context we need to return to.
 | 
						|
    while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
 | 
						|
      DC = RD;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
 | 
						|
    // declared in.
 | 
						|
    return DC;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))
 | 
						|
    return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DC->getLexicalParent();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
 | 
						|
      "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
 | 
						|
  CurContext = DC;
 | 
						|
  S->setEntity(DC);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
 | 
						|
  assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
 | 
						|
/// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						|
  // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
 | 
						|
  //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
 | 
						|
  //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
 | 
						|
  //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
 | 
						|
  // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
 | 
						|
  //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
 | 
						|
  //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
 | 
						|
  //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
 | 
						|
  //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
 | 
						|
  //   namespace.
 | 
						|
  // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
 | 
						|
  // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
 | 
						|
  // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
 | 
						|
  // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
 | 
						|
  // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
  while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
 | 
						|
  assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CurContext = DC;
 | 
						|
  S->setEntity(DC);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
 | 
						|
  // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
 | 
						|
  Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
  while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
 | 
						|
  CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
 | 
						|
  // disappear.
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
 | 
						|
/// PrevDecl with another declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
 | 
						|
/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
 | 
						|
/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
 | 
						|
/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
 | 
						|
/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
 | 
						|
/// attribute.
 | 
						|
static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                                       ASTContext &Context) {
 | 
						|
  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
 | 
						|
          && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
 | 
						|
void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
 | 
						|
  // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
 | 
						|
  // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
 | 
						|
  // scope.
 | 
						|
  while (S->getEntity() &&
 | 
						|
         ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
 | 
						|
    S = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
 | 
						|
  // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
 | 
						|
  // into any context.
 | 
						|
  if (AddToContext)
 | 
						|
    CurContext->addDecl(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
 | 
						|
  // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
 | 
						|
  if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
 | 
						|
      D->isOutOfLine())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
 | 
						|
      cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 
 | 
						|
  IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
 | 
						|
                               IEnd = IdResolver.end();
 | 
						|
  for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    if (S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(*I)) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
 | 
						|
      S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*I));
 | 
						|
      IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Should only need to replace one decl.
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(D));
 | 
						|
  IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
 | 
						|
                                            DeclContext*,
 | 
						|
                                            ASTContext&);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
 | 
						|
/// as determined by isDeclInScope.
 | 
						|
static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
 | 
						|
                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
 | 
						|
                                 bool ConsiderLinkage) {
 | 
						|
  LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
 | 
						|
  while (F.hasNext()) {
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *D = F.next();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S))
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ConsiderLinkage &&
 | 
						|
        isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context))
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    F.erase();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  F.done();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
 | 
						|
  return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
 | 
						|
         isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
 | 
						|
         isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
 | 
						|
static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
 | 
						|
  LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
 | 
						|
  while (F.hasNext())
 | 
						|
    if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
 | 
						|
      F.erase();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  F.done();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
 | 
						|
  if (D->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
 | 
						|
      !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
 | 
						|
  if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
 | 
						|
    QualType Ty = VD->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
 | 
						|
    if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
 | 
						|
      if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, don't
 | 
						|
    // diagnose the variable.
 | 
						|
    if (Ty->isIncompleteType())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
 | 
						|
      const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor())
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  if (S->decl_empty()) return;
 | 
						|
  assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
 | 
						|
         "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
 | 
						|
       I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    Decl *TmpD = (*I).getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
    assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
 | 
						|
    if (ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D) && 
 | 
						|
        S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors()) {
 | 
						|
      if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
 | 
						|
        Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param)
 | 
						|
          << D->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 
 | 
						|
          << D->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
 | 
						|
    IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
 | 
						|
/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
 | 
						|
/// to the fixed name.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
 | 
						|
/// if there is no class with the given name.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
 | 
						|
/// class could not be found.
 | 
						|
ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
 | 
						|
                                              SourceLocation IdLoc,
 | 
						|
                                              bool TypoCorrection) {
 | 
						|
  // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
 | 
						|
  // creation from this context.
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) {
 | 
						|
    // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
 | 
						|
    // find an Objective-C class name.
 | 
						|
    LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						|
    if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) &&
 | 
						|
        (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
 | 
						|
        << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
 | 
						|
      Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
 | 
						|
        << IDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
 | 
						|
/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
 | 
						|
/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
 | 
						|
/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
 | 
						|
/// ill-formed in C++:
 | 
						|
/// @code
 | 
						|
/// struct S6 {
 | 
						|
///   enum { BAR } e;
 | 
						|
/// };
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// void test_S6() {
 | 
						|
///   struct S6 a;
 | 
						|
///   a.e = BAR;
 | 
						|
/// }
 | 
						|
/// @endcode
 | 
						|
/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
 | 
						|
/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
 | 
						|
/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
 | 
						|
/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
 | 
						|
/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
 | 
						|
/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
 | 
						|
/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
 | 
						|
/// contain non-field names.
 | 
						|
Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
 | 
						|
         (S->getEntity() &&
 | 
						|
          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
 | 
						|
         (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus))
 | 
						|
    S = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
  return S;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() {
 | 
						|
  if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list");
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, VaIdent, SourceLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                       LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
  TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl);
 | 
						|
  Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
 | 
						|
/// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
 | 
						|
/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
 | 
						|
/// built-in.
 | 
						|
NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
 | 
						|
                                     Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
 | 
						|
                                     SourceLocation Loc) {
 | 
						|
  Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID))
 | 
						|
    InitBuiltinVaListType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
 | 
						|
  QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
 | 
						|
  switch (Error) {
 | 
						|
  case ASTContext::GE_None:
 | 
						|
    // Okay
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
 | 
						|
    if (ForRedeclaration)
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
 | 
						|
        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
 | 
						|
    if (ForRedeclaration)
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
 | 
						|
        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
 | 
						|
      << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
 | 
						|
      << R;
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
 | 
						|
        Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
 | 
						|
          != Diagnostic::Ignored)
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
 | 
						|
        << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
 | 
						|
        << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
 | 
						|
                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
 | 
						|
                                           Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						|
                                           FunctionDecl::Extern,
 | 
						|
                                           FunctionDecl::None, false,
 | 
						|
                                           /*hasPrototype=*/true);
 | 
						|
  New->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
 | 
						|
  // FunctionDecl.
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
 | 
						|
      Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0,
 | 
						|
                                           FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						|
                                           VarDecl::None, VarDecl::None, 0));
 | 
						|
    New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
 | 
						|
  // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
 | 
						|
  // entirely, but we're not there yet.
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
 | 
						|
  CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
 | 
						|
  PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
 | 
						|
  CurContext = SavedContext;
 | 
						|
  return New;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
 | 
						|
/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
 | 
						|
/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
 | 
						|
/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
 | 
						|
  // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
 | 
						|
  // merging checks.
 | 
						|
  if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
 | 
						|
    const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
    switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
 | 
						|
    default: break;
 | 
						|
    case 2:
 | 
						|
      if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
      // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
 | 
						|
      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    case 5:
 | 
						|
      if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
      // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
 | 
						|
      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    case 3:
 | 
						|
      if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
      // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
 | 
						|
      New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    case 8:
 | 
						|
      if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol"))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType());
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify the old decl was also a type.
 | 
						|
  TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
 | 
						|
  if (!Old) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
 | 
						|
      Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
 | 
						|
  if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
 | 
						|
  QualType OldType;
 | 
						|
  if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old))
 | 
						|
    OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
 | 
						|
  // with any extensions enabled.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() &&
 | 
						|
      Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) !=
 | 
						|
      Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
 | 
						|
      << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType;
 | 
						|
    if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
 | 
						|
      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
 | 
						|
  // declaration was a typedef.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type
 | 
						|
  // spellings don't match exactly.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old))
 | 
						|
    New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().Microsoft)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
 | 
						|
    //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
 | 
						|
    //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
 | 
						|
    //   to the type to which it already refers.
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
 | 
						|
    //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 
 | 
						|
    //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
 | 
						|
    //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
 | 
						|
    // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   struct S {
 | 
						|
    //     typedef struct A { } A;
 | 
						|
    //   };
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
 | 
						|
    // allow the above but disallow
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   struct S {
 | 
						|
    //     typedef int I;
 | 
						|
    //     typedef int I;
 | 
						|
    //   };
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // since that was the intent of DR56.
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
 | 
						|
  // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
 | 
						|
  // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
 | 
						|
  // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
 | 
						|
  if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
 | 
						|
      (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
 | 
						|
       Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
 | 
						|
    << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
  Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
  return;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
 | 
						|
/// attribute.
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) {
 | 
						|
  for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext())
 | 
						|
    if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
 | 
						|
static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) {
 | 
						|
  for (const Attr *attr = Old->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!DeclHasAttr(New, attr) && attr->isMerged()) {
 | 
						|
      Attr *NewAttr = attr->clone(C);
 | 
						|
      NewAttr->setInherited(true);
 | 
						|
      New->addAttr(NewAttr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
 | 
						|
/// C.
 | 
						|
struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
 | 
						|
  ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
 | 
						|
  ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
 | 
						|
  QualType PromotedType;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
 | 
						|
Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
 | 
						|
  if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
 | 
						|
    if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
 | 
						|
      return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    return Sema::CXXConstructor;
 | 
						|
  } 
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD))
 | 
						|
    return Sema::CXXDestructor;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(MD->isCopyAssignment() && "Must have copy assignment operator");
 | 
						|
  return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// canREdefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
 | 
						|
/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
 | 
						|
/// GNU89 mode.
 | 
						|
static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
 | 
						|
                                const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
 | 
						|
  return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
          FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
 | 
						|
          FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Extern);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
 | 
						|
/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
 | 
						|
/// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
 | 
						|
/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
 | 
						|
/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
 | 
						|
/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
 | 
						|
/// merged with.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
 | 
						|
bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) {
 | 
						|
  // Verify the old decl was also a function.
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
 | 
						|
        = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
 | 
						|
    Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
 | 
						|
  if (!Old) {
 | 
						|
    if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
 | 
						|
      Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::note_using_decl_target);
 | 
						|
      Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
 | 
						|
  // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
 | 
						|
  diag::kind PrevDiag;
 | 
						|
  if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
 | 
						|
    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
 | 
						|
  else if (Old->isImplicit())
 | 
						|
    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
 | 
						|
  QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
 | 
						|
  // is an extern inline function.
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
 | 
						|
      New->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static &&
 | 
						|
      Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Static &&
 | 
						|
      !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
 | 
						|
      << New;
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
 | 
						|
  // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
 | 
						|
  // calling convention of the first.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
 | 
						|
  // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
 | 
						|
  // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
 | 
						|
  // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
 | 
						|
  // because it is the default calling convention.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
 | 
						|
  // other tests to run.
 | 
						|
  const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
 | 
						|
  const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
 | 
						|
  const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
 | 
						|
  const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
 | 
						|
  if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default &&
 | 
						|
      NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
 | 
						|
    NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC());
 | 
						|
    New->setType(NewQType);
 | 
						|
    NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType);
 | 
						|
  } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
 | 
						|
                                     NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
 | 
						|
    // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
 | 
						|
      << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
 | 
						|
      << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
 | 
						|
      << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
 | 
						|
          FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
 | 
						|
  if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() &&
 | 
						|
      !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) {
 | 
						|
    NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType);
 | 
						|
    New->setType(NewQType);
 | 
						|
    assert(NewQType.isCanonical());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // (C++98 13.1p2):
 | 
						|
    //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
 | 
						|
    //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
 | 
						|
    //        cannot be overloaded.
 | 
						|
    QualType OldReturnType
 | 
						|
      = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
 | 
						|
    QualType NewReturnType
 | 
						|
      = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
 | 
						|
    if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
 | 
						|
      Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
 | 
						|
    CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
 | 
						|
    if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
 | 
						|
      // Preserve triviality.
 | 
						|
      NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
        //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
 | 
						|
        //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
 | 
						|
        //       is a static member function declaration.
 | 
						|
        if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
 | 
						|
          Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
        // C++ [class.mem]p1:
 | 
						|
        //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
 | 
						|
        //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
 | 
						|
        //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
 | 
						|
        unsigned NewDiag;
 | 
						|
        if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
 | 
						|
          NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
 | 
						|
          NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
 | 
						|
          NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
 | 
						|
        Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
 | 
						|
      // member that was initially declared implicitly.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
 | 
						|
      // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
 | 
						|
      } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
 | 
						|
        if (isFriend) {
 | 
						|
          NewMethod->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
               diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 
 | 
						|
            << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
 | 
						|
    //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
 | 
						|
    //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
 | 
						|
    // attributes should be ignored when comparing.
 | 
						|
    if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) ==
 | 
						|
        Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false))
 | 
						|
      return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
 | 
						|
  // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
 | 
						|
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
      Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
 | 
						|
    const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
 | 
						|
    const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
 | 
						|
    const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
 | 
						|
    if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
 | 
						|
        (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
 | 
						|
      // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
 | 
						|
      // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
 | 
						|
      assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
 | 
						|
      llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                 OldProto->arg_type_end());
 | 
						|
      NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
 | 
						|
                                         ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
 | 
						|
                                         OldProto->isVariadic(),
 | 
						|
                                         OldProto->getTypeQuals(),
 | 
						|
                                         false, false, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                                         OldProto->getExtInfo());
 | 
						|
      New->setType(NewQType);
 | 
						|
      New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
 | 
						|
      llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
 | 
						|
      for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
 | 
						|
             ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
 | 
						|
             ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
 | 
						|
           ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
 | 
						|
        ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
 | 
						|
                                                 SourceLocation(), 0,
 | 
						|
                                                 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
 | 
						|
                                                 VarDecl::None, VarDecl::None,
 | 
						|
                                                 0);
 | 
						|
        Param->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
        Params.push_back(Param);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
 | 
						|
  // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
 | 
						|
  // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
 | 
						|
  // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
 | 
						|
  // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
 | 
						|
  // the prototype.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
 | 
						|
  // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
 | 
						|
  // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.9.1p8.
 | 
						|
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
      Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
 | 
						|
      New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
 | 
						|
      Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
 | 
						|
    const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
 | 
						|
      = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
 | 
						|
    const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
 | 
						|
      = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
 | 
						|
    QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
 | 
						|
                                               NewProto->getResultType());
 | 
						|
    bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
 | 
						|
         LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
      ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
 | 
						|
      ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
 | 
						|
      if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                     NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
 | 
						|
        ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
 | 
						|
      } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                            NewParm->getType())) {
 | 
						|
        GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
 | 
						|
          = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
 | 
						|
        Warnings.push_back(Warn);
 | 
						|
        ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
 | 
						|
      } else
 | 
						|
        LooseCompatible = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (LooseCompatible) {
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
             diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
 | 
						|
          << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
 | 
						|
          << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
 | 
						|
        Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
             diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
 | 
						|
                                           ArgTypes.size(),
 | 
						|
                                           OldProto->isVariadic(), 0,
 | 
						|
                                           false, false, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                                           OldProto->getExtInfo()));
 | 
						|
      return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
 | 
						|
  // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
 | 
						|
    // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
 | 
						|
    // signature.
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
 | 
						|
      // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
 | 
						|
      // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
 | 
						|
      // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
 | 
						|
      // library built-in.
 | 
						|
      Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
 | 
						|
      Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
 | 
						|
        << Old << Old->getType();
 | 
						|
      New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
 | 
						|
      Old->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
  Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
 | 
						|
/// known to be compatible.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
 | 
						|
/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
 | 
						|
/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
 | 
						|
/// redeclaration of Old.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \returns false
 | 
						|
bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
 | 
						|
  // Merge the attributes
 | 
						|
  MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge the storage class.
 | 
						|
  if (Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::Extern &&
 | 
						|
      Old->getStorageClass() != FunctionDecl::None)
 | 
						|
    New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge "pure" flag.
 | 
						|
  if (Old->isPure())
 | 
						|
    New->setPure();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge the "deleted" flag.
 | 
						|
  if (Old->isDeleted())
 | 
						|
    New->setDeleted();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
 | 
						|
/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
 | 
						|
/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
 | 
						|
/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
 | 
						|
/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
 | 
						|
  // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
 | 
						|
  if (New->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
 | 
						|
  VarDecl *Old = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
 | 
						|
      !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
         diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MergeAttributes(New, Old, Context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge the types
 | 
						|
  QualType MergedT;
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()))
 | 
						|
      MergedT = New->getType();
 | 
						|
    // C++ [basic.link]p10:
 | 
						|
    //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
 | 
						|
    //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
 | 
						|
    //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
 | 
						|
    //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
 | 
						|
    else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
             New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
 | 
						|
        = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
 | 
						|
      CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
 | 
						|
        = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
 | 
						|
      if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
 | 
						|
        MergedT = New->getType();
 | 
						|
    } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
             New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray
 | 
						|
        = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
 | 
						|
      CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray
 | 
						|
        = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>();
 | 
						|
      if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType())
 | 
						|
        MergedT = Old->getType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (MergedT.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  New->setType(MergedT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
 | 
						|
  if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static &&
 | 
						|
      (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.2.2p4:
 | 
						|
  //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
 | 
						|
  //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
 | 
						|
  //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
 | 
						|
  //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
 | 
						|
  //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
 | 
						|
  //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
 | 
						|
  //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
 | 
						|
  //   identifier has external linkage.
 | 
						|
  if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
 | 
						|
    /* Okay */;
 | 
						|
  else if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static &&
 | 
						|
           Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
 | 
						|
  // need to check for mismatches.
 | 
						|
  if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
 | 
						|
      // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
 | 
						|
      !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
        !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    return New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
  } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
 | 
						|
  const VarDecl *Def;
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
      New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
 | 
						|
      (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
 | 
						|
      << New->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
 | 
						|
  New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Inherit access appropriately.
 | 
						|
  New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
 | 
						|
/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
 | 
						|
  Decl *TagD = 0;
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *Tag = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
 | 
						|
      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
 | 
						|
      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
 | 
						|
      DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
 | 
						|
    TagD = static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
 | 
						|
    // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
 | 
						|
    // it's a Type.
 | 
						|
    Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
 | 
						|
    // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
 | 
						|
    // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
 | 
						|
    if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
 | 
						|
      Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
 | 
						|
           << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
 | 
						|
    // If we're dealing with a class template decl, assume that the
 | 
						|
    // template routines are handling it.
 | 
						|
    if (TagD && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
    return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
         
 | 
						|
  if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
 | 
						|
    // If there are attributes in the DeclSpec, apply them to the record.
 | 
						|
    if (const AttributeList *AL = DS.getAttributes())
 | 
						|
      ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, AL);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() &&
 | 
						|
        DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
 | 
						|
      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
 | 
						|
          Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
 | 
						|
        return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
 | 
						|
        << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain
 | 
						|
    // about them.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area?
 | 
						|
    if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft)
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&
 | 
						|
      DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) {
 | 
						|
    // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
 | 
						|
    // extension in both Microsoft an GNU.
 | 
						|
    if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
 | 
						|
        Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
 | 
						|
        << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
 | 
						|
      << DS.getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Tag);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
 | 
						|
/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
 | 
						|
static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
 | 
						|
                                         Scope *S,
 | 
						|
                                         DeclContext *Owner,
 | 
						|
                                         DeclarationName Name,
 | 
						|
                                         SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						|
                                         unsigned diagnostic) {
 | 
						|
  LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
 | 
						|
                 Sema::ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
  if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Pick a representative declaration.
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl && Owner->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Owner);
 | 
						|
    if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
 | 
						|
  SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
 | 
						|
/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
 | 
						|
/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
 | 
						|
/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
 | 
						|
/// struct, e.g.,
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// @code
 | 
						|
/// union {
 | 
						|
///   int i;
 | 
						|
///   float f;
 | 
						|
/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
 | 
						|
///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
 | 
						|
/// @endcode
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
 | 
						|
/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
 | 
						|
bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
 | 
						|
                                               RecordDecl *AnonRecord) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned diagKind
 | 
						|
    = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
 | 
						|
                            : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						|
  for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(),
 | 
						|
                               FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end();
 | 
						|
       F != FEnd; ++F) {
 | 
						|
    if ((*F)->getDeclName()) {
 | 
						|
      if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(*this, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(),
 | 
						|
                                       (*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
 | 
						|
        // C++ [class.union]p2:
 | 
						|
        //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
 | 
						|
        //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
 | 
						|
        //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
 | 
						|
        Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // C++ [class.union]p2:
 | 
						|
        //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
 | 
						|
        //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
 | 
						|
        //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
 | 
						|
        //   anonymous union is declared.
 | 
						|
        Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F);
 | 
						|
        S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(*F));
 | 
						|
        IdResolver.AddDecl(*F);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType
 | 
						|
                 = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						|
      RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
 | 
						|
        Invalid = Invalid ||
 | 
						|
          InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Invalid;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
 | 
						|
/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
 | 
						|
/// illegal input values are mapped to VarDecl::None.
 | 
						|
/// If the input declaration context is a linkage specification
 | 
						|
/// with no braces, then Extern is mapped to None.
 | 
						|
static VarDecl::StorageClass
 | 
						|
StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec,
 | 
						|
                                      DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						|
  switch (StorageClassSpec) {
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
 | 
						|
    // If the current context is a C++ linkage specification
 | 
						|
    // having no braces, then the keyword "extern" is properly part
 | 
						|
    // of the linkage specification itself, rather than being
 | 
						|
    // the written storage class specifier.
 | 
						|
    return (DC && isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) &&
 | 
						|
            !cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)->hasBraces())
 | 
						|
      ? VarDecl::None : VarDecl::Extern;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return VarDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return VarDecl::Auto;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return VarDecl::Register;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return VarDecl::PrivateExtern;
 | 
						|
    // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
 | 
						|
/// a FunctionDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
 | 
						|
/// illegal input values are mapped to FunctionDecl::None.
 | 
						|
/// If the input declaration context is a linkage specification
 | 
						|
/// with no braces, then Extern is mapped to None.
 | 
						|
static FunctionDecl::StorageClass
 | 
						|
StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec,
 | 
						|
                                           DeclContext *DC) {
 | 
						|
  switch (StorageClassSpec) {
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
 | 
						|
    // If the current context is a C++ linkage specification
 | 
						|
    // having no braces, then the keyword "extern" is properly part
 | 
						|
    // of the linkage specification itself, rather than being
 | 
						|
    // the written storage class specifier.
 | 
						|
    return (DC && isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC) &&
 | 
						|
            !cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)->hasBraces())
 | 
						|
      ? FunctionDecl::None : FunctionDecl::Extern;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return FunctionDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;
 | 
						|
    // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
 | 
						|
/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
 | 
						|
/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
 | 
						|
/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
 | 
						|
                                                  RecordDecl *Record) {
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
 | 
						|
  if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
 | 
						|
  else if (!Record->isUnion())
 | 
						|
    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
 | 
						|
  // structs/unions.
 | 
						|
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    const char* PrevSpec = 0;
 | 
						|
    unsigned DiagID;
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.union]p3:
 | 
						|
    //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
 | 
						|
    //   global namespace shall be declared static.
 | 
						|
    if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
 | 
						|
        (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
 | 
						|
         (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
 | 
						|
          cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static);
 | 
						|
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Recover by adding 'static'.
 | 
						|
      DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
 | 
						|
                             PrevSpec, DiagID);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.union]p3:
 | 
						|
    //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
 | 
						|
    //   anonymous union in a class scope.
 | 
						|
    else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
 | 
						|
             isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec);
 | 
						|
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
 | 
						|
      DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(),
 | 
						|
                             PrevSpec, DiagID);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.union]p2:
 | 
						|
    //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
 | 
						|
    //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
 | 
						|
    //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
 | 
						|
    for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                 MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
 | 
						|
         Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
 | 
						|
      if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
 | 
						|
        // C++ [class.union]p3:
 | 
						|
        //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
 | 
						|
        //   members (clause 11).
 | 
						|
        if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
 | 
						|
            << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
 | 
						|
          Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
 | 
						|
        // Any implicit members are fine.
 | 
						|
      } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
 | 
						|
        // This is a type that showed up in an
 | 
						|
        // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
 | 
						|
        // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
 | 
						|
        // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
 | 
						|
      } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
 | 
						|
            MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
 | 
						|
          // This is a nested type declaration.
 | 
						|
          Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
 | 
						|
            << (int)Record->isUnion();
 | 
						|
          Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // We have something that isn't a non-static data
 | 
						|
        // member. Complain about it.
 | 
						|
        unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
 | 
						|
        if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
 | 
						|
          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
 | 
						|
          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
 | 
						|
          DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
 | 
						|
        Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
 | 
						|
            << (int)Record->isUnion();
 | 
						|
          Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
 | 
						|
      << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
 | 
						|
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Mock up a declarator.
 | 
						|
  Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
 | 
						|
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						|
  GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						|
  assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
 | 
						|
    Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                             /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
 | 
						|
                             Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
 | 
						|
                             TInfo,
 | 
						|
                             /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
 | 
						|
    Anon->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
      FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
 | 
						|
      if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->isEmpty())
 | 
						|
        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(OwningClass)->setEmpty(false);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
 | 
						|
    assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
 | 
						|
           "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
 | 
						|
    VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec, 0);
 | 
						|
    if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
 | 
						|
      // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
 | 
						|
      // an error here
 | 
						|
      Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
 | 
						|
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      SC = VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
 | 
						|
    VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
 | 
						|
      = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                           /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
 | 
						|
                           Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
 | 
						|
                           TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Anon->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
 | 
						|
  // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
 | 
						|
  // its members.
 | 
						|
  Owner->addDecl(Anon);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
 | 
						|
  // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
 | 
						|
  // purposes.
 | 
						|
  if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record))
 | 
						|
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
 | 
						|
  // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
 | 
						|
  // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
 | 
						|
  // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
 | 
						|
  // builds its lookup table, and once by
 | 
						|
  // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
 | 
						|
  Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Invalid)
 | 
						|
    Anon->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Anon);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
 | 
						|
/// given Declarator.
 | 
						|
DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
 | 
						|
  return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Retrieves the canonicalized name from a parsed unqualified-id.
 | 
						|
DeclarationName Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
 | 
						|
  switch (Name.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
 | 
						|
      return DeclarationName(Name.Identifier);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
 | 
						|
                                              Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
 | 
						|
                                                               Name.Identifier);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
 | 
						|
      QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId);
 | 
						|
      if (Ty.isNull())
 | 
						|
        return DeclarationName();
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
 | 
						|
                                                  Context.getCanonicalType(Ty));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
 | 
						|
      QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName);
 | 
						|
      if (Ty.isNull())
 | 
						|
        return DeclarationName();
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
 | 
						|
                                                  Context.getCanonicalType(Ty));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
 | 
						|
      // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
 | 
						|
      // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
 | 
						|
      // to find the actual type being constructed.
 | 
						|
      CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
 | 
						|
      if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
 | 
						|
        return DeclarationName();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
 | 
						|
      QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
 | 
						|
      // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
 | 
						|
      // was qualified.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
 | 
						|
                                       Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
 | 
						|
      QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName);
 | 
						|
      if (Ty.isNull())
 | 
						|
        return DeclarationName();
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
 | 
						|
                                                           Context.getCanonicalType(Ty));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
 | 
						|
      TemplateName TName
 | 
						|
        = TemplateName::getFromVoidPointer(Name.TemplateId->Template);
 | 
						|
      return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
 | 
						|
  return DeclarationName();  
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
 | 
						|
/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
 | 
						|
/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
 | 
						|
/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within
 | 
						|
/// the class or namespace.
 | 
						|
static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context,
 | 
						|
                                     FunctionDecl *Declaration,
 | 
						|
                                     FunctionDecl *Definition) {
 | 
						|
  if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
 | 
						|
    QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
 | 
						|
    QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(),
 | 
						|
                                        DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
 | 
						|
/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
 | 
						|
/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
 | 
						|
/// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
 | 
						|
/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
 | 
						|
static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
 | 
						|
                                                    DeclarationName Name) {
 | 
						|
  // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
 | 
						|
  //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
 | 
						|
  //   - types which will become injected class names
 | 
						|
  // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
 | 
						|
  // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
 | 
						|
  // few cases here.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
 | 
						|
  switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr:
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: {
 | 
						|
    // Grab the type from the parser.
 | 
						|
    TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
 | 
						|
    QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getTypeRep(), &TSI);
 | 
						|
    if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
 | 
						|
    // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
 | 
						|
    // attached already.
 | 
						|
    if (!TSI)
 | 
						|
      TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
 | 
						|
    TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
 | 
						|
    if (!TSI) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
 | 
						|
    QualType LocType = S.CreateLocInfoType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
 | 
						|
    DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType.getAsOpaquePtr());
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The only type information in the declarator which can come
 | 
						|
    // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
 | 
						|
    // pointer.
 | 
						|
    if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
 | 
						|
    CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
 | 
						|
    if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy
 | 
						|
Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
 | 
						|
                       MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
 | 
						|
                       bool IsFunctionDefinition) {
 | 
						|
  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
 | 
						|
  // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
 | 
						|
  if (!Name) {
 | 
						|
    if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
 | 
						|
        << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
 | 
						|
  // we find one that is.
 | 
						|
  while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
 | 
						|
         (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
 | 
						|
    S = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
 | 
						|
  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
  else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
    bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
 | 
						|
    DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
 | 
						|
    if (!DC) {
 | 
						|
      // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
 | 
						|
      // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
 | 
						|
      // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
 | 
						|
      // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
 | 
						|
        << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
 | 
						|
        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!IsDependentContext && 
 | 
						|
        RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
 | 
						|
        << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
      D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
 | 
						|
    // declaration in the current instantiation.
 | 
						|
    if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
 | 
						|
        TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
 | 
						|
      ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
 | 
						|
      if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
 | 
						|
        D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *New;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						|
  QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						|
                        ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
 | 
						|
  if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
    bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
 | 
						|
    // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
 | 
						|
    // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
 | 
						|
    if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
 | 
						|
      /* Do nothing*/;
 | 
						|
    else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
      if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
 | 
						|
          D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
 | 
						|
        IsLinkageLookup = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
 | 
						|
      IsLinkageLookup = true;
 | 
						|
    else if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
 | 
						|
             D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
 | 
						|
      IsLinkageLookup = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (IsLinkageLookup)
 | 
						|
      Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
 | 
						|
  } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
 | 
						|
    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
 | 
						|
    // out-of-line members.
 | 
						|
    RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ 7.3.1.2p2:
 | 
						|
    // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
 | 
						|
    // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
 | 
						|
    // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
 | 
						|
    // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
 | 
						|
    // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
 | 
						|
    // declarations namespace.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
 | 
						|
    // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
 | 
						|
    // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   class X {
 | 
						|
    //     void f();
 | 
						|
    //     void f(float);
 | 
						|
    //   };
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
 | 
						|
    // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
 | 
						|
    // matches.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // First check whether we named the global scope.
 | 
						|
    if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
 | 
						|
        << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
 | 
						|
      while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
 | 
						|
        Cur = Cur->getParent();
 | 
						|
      if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
 | 
						|
        // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
 | 
						|
        // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc();
 | 
						|
        SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
        if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
 | 
						|
          Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
 | 
						|
            << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R;
 | 
						|
        D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
 | 
						|
      Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						|
    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						|
    if (!D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
      if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                          Previous.getFoundDecl()))
 | 
						|
        D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
 | 
						|
  // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
 | 
						|
  // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
 | 
						|
  // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
 | 
						|
      D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
 | 
						|
    Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Redeclaration = false;
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
 | 
						|
    if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration);
 | 
						|
  } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
    New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
 | 
						|
                                  move(TemplateParamLists),
 | 
						|
                                  IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous,
 | 
						|
                                  move(TemplateParamLists),
 | 
						|
                                  Redeclaration);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (New == 0)
 | 
						|
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 
 | 
						|
  // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
 | 
						|
  if (Name && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl()))
 | 
						|
    PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
 | 
						|
/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
 | 
						|
/// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
 | 
						|
static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                                    ASTContext &Context,
 | 
						|
                                                    bool &SizeIsNegative) {
 | 
						|
  // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
 | 
						|
  // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
 | 
						|
  // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
 | 
						|
  // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
 | 
						|
  SizeIsNegative = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualifierCollector Qs;
 | 
						|
  const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
 | 
						|
    QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
    QualType FixedType =
 | 
						|
        TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative);
 | 
						|
    if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
 | 
						|
    FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
 | 
						|
    return Qs.apply(FixedType);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
 | 
						|
  if (!VLATy)
 | 
						|
    return QualType();
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
 | 
						|
  if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
 | 
						|
    return QualType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
 | 
						|
  if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
 | 
						|
      !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) ||
 | 
						|
      !EvalResult.Val.isInt())
 | 
						|
    return QualType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
  if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) {
 | 
						|
    // TODO: preserve the size expression in declarator info
 | 
						|
    return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
 | 
						|
                                        Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SizeIsNegative = true;
 | 
						|
  return QualType();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
 | 
						|
/// that it can be found later for redeclarations
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
 | 
						|
                                       const LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                                       Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
 | 
						|
         "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
 | 
						|
  // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
 | 
						|
  LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
 | 
						|
  // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
 | 
						|
  // declaration.
 | 
						|
  if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
 | 
						|
    // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
 | 
						|
    // chain, so remove it from its scope.
 | 
						|
    while (S && !S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl)))
 | 
						|
      S = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (S)
 | 
						|
      S->RemoveDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
 | 
						|
/// does not identify a function.
 | 
						|
void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
 | 
						|
  // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_inline_non_function);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_virtual_non_function);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_explicit_non_function);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NamedDecl*
 | 
						|
Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
 | 
						|
                             QualType R,  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 | 
						|
                             LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
  // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
 | 
						|
  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
 | 
						|
      << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
 | 
						|
    DC = CurContext;
 | 
						|
    Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
 | 
						|
    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo);
 | 
						|
  if (!NewTD) return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
 | 
						|
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
 | 
						|
  // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
 | 
						|
  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false);
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
    MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
 | 
						|
  // then it shall have block scope.
 | 
						|
  QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
  if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
 | 
						|
    FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
 | 
						|
      bool SizeIsNegative;
 | 
						|
      QualType FixedTy =
 | 
						|
          TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative);
 | 
						|
      if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
 | 
						|
        NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy));
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (SizeIsNegative)
 | 
						|
          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
 | 
						|
        else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
 | 
						|
          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
 | 
						|
        NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
 | 
						|
  if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
 | 
						|
    if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
        NewTD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
 | 
						|
      if (II->isStr("FILE"))
 | 
						|
        Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
 | 
						|
      else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
 | 
						|
        Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
 | 
						|
      else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
 | 
						|
        Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NewTD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
 | 
						|
/// previous declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
 | 
						|
/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
 | 
						|
/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
 | 
						|
/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
 | 
						|
/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
 | 
						|
/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
 | 
						|
/// lookup
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
 | 
						|
/// declared.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
 | 
						|
/// for a new delcaration with the same name.
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
 | 
						|
                                ASTContext &Context) {
 | 
						|
  if (!PrevDecl)
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [basic.link]p6:
 | 
						|
    //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
 | 
						|
    //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
 | 
						|
    //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
 | 
						|
    //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
 | 
						|
    //   linkage of the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getLookupContext();
 | 
						|
    if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
 | 
						|
      // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
 | 
						|
      if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
 | 
						|
        // We found a member function: ignore it.
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      else {
 | 
						|
        // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
 | 
						|
        // previous declarations.
 | 
						|
        while (!OuterContext->isFileContext())
 | 
						|
          OuterContext = OuterContext->getParent();
 | 
						|
        while (!PrevOuterContext->isFileContext())
 | 
						|
          PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
 | 
						|
        // isn't the same function.
 | 
						|
        if (OuterContext->getPrimaryContext() !=
 | 
						|
            PrevOuterContext->getPrimaryContext())
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
 | 
						|
  CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
 | 
						|
  if (!SS.isSet()) return;
 | 
						|
  DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
 | 
						|
                       SS.getRange());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NamedDecl*
 | 
						|
Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
 | 
						|
                              QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 | 
						|
                              LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
 | 
						|
                              bool &Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
 | 
						|
  assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
 | 
						|
         "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
 | 
						|
  VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec, 0);
 | 
						|
  if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
 | 
						|
    // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
 | 
						|
    // an error here
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    SC = VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
 | 
						|
  VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
 | 
						|
    = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec, DC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
 | 
						|
  if (!II) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
 | 
						|
      << Name.getAsString();
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
 | 
						|
    // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
 | 
						|
    // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
 | 
						|
    if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
 | 
						|
      // is a GNU extension.
 | 
						|
      if (SC == VarDecl::Register && D.getAsmLabel())
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
 | 
						|
      D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
 | 
						|
    if (SC == VarDecl::Static) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_static_out_of_line)
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
 | 
						|
    } else if (SC == VarDecl::None)
 | 
						|
      SC = VarDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (SC == VarDecl::Static) {
 | 
						|
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
 | 
						|
      if (RD->isLocalClass())
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
             diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
 | 
						|
          << Name << RD->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
 | 
						|
  // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
 | 
						|
  bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
 | 
						|
  if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
 | 
						|
        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
 | 
						|
                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						|
                                                  D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
 | 
						|
                        (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(),
 | 
						|
                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
 | 
						|
                                                  /*never a friend*/ false,
 | 
						|
                                                  isExplicitSpecialization)) {
 | 
						|
    if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
 | 
						|
      // There is no such thing as a variable template.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
 | 
						|
        << II
 | 
						|
        << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
 | 
						|
                       TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
 | 
						|
      // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
 | 
						|
      Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
 | 
						|
        << II
 | 
						|
        << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
 | 
						|
                       TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      isExplicitSpecialization = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                   II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
    NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
 | 
						|
    if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
 | 
						|
    else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported())
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
 | 
						|
  // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
 | 
						|
  NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
 | 
						|
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
 | 
						|
  if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
 | 
						|
    // The parser guarantees this is a string.
 | 
						|
    StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
 | 
						|
    NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(Context, SE->getString()));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
 | 
						|
  if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
 | 
						|
    CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
 | 
						|
  // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
 | 
						|
  // declaration has linkage).
 | 
						|
  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage());
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
 | 
						|
        isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
 | 
						|
        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
      // The user tried to define a non-static data member
 | 
						|
      // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
 | 
						|
      Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
 | 
						|
        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
      Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
      NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
    // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
 | 
						|
      << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
 | 
						|
      << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
    NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
 | 
						|
  if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
      CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
 | 
						|
    NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
 | 
						|
    VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
 | 
						|
    if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) &&
 | 
						|
        Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
 | 
						|
      Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
 | 
						|
  // such variables.
 | 
						|
  if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
 | 
						|
      !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NewVD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
 | 
						|
/// -Wshadow.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
 | 
						|
/// scope.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
 | 
						|
/// \param R the lookup of the name
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
 | 
						|
  // Return if warning is ignored.
 | 
						|
  if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.  The scope might not
 | 
						|
  // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype.
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity());
 | 
						|
  if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
 | 
						|
  if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
 | 
						|
  if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
 | 
						|
    if (!OldDC->isRecord())
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
 | 
						|
    // static data members from base classes?
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
 | 
						|
    // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
 | 
						|
    // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
 | 
						|
  unsigned Kind;
 | 
						|
  if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
 | 
						|
      Kind = 3; // field
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Kind = 2; // static data member
 | 
						|
  } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
 | 
						|
    Kind = 1; // global
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Kind = 0; // local
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Emit warning and note.
 | 
						|
  Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
 | 
						|
  Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
 | 
						|
void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
 | 
						|
  LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
  LookupName(R, S);
 | 
						|
  CheckShadow(S, D, R);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
 | 
						|
/// declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
 | 
						|
/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
 | 
						|
/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
 | 
						|
/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
 | 
						|
/// that have been instantiated from a template.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
 | 
						|
void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
 | 
						|
                                    LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                                    bool &Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
  // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
 | 
						|
  if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType T = NewVD->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
 | 
						|
    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
 | 
						|
  // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
 | 
						|
  // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
 | 
						|
  // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
 | 
						|
  if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
 | 
						|
    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
 | 
						|
      && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
 | 
						|
  if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
 | 
						|
      NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() ||
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We need to diagnose jumps passed initialized variables in C++.
 | 
						|
      // However, this turns on the scope checker for everything with a variable
 | 
						|
      // which may impact compile time.  See if we can find a better solution
 | 
						|
      // to this, perhaps only checking functions that contain gotos in C++?
 | 
						|
      (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && NewVD->hasLocalStorage()))
 | 
						|
    FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
 | 
						|
      (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
 | 
						|
    bool SizeIsNegative;
 | 
						|
    QualType FixedTy =
 | 
						|
        TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
 | 
						|
      // int a[10][n];
 | 
						|
      SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
 | 
						|
        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
 | 
						|
        << SizeRange;
 | 
						|
      else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static)
 | 
						|
        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
 | 
						|
        << SizeRange;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
 | 
						|
        << SizeRange;
 | 
						|
      return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (FixedTy.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
      if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
 | 
						|
        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
 | 
						|
      return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
 | 
						|
    NewVD->setType(FixedTy);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) {
 | 
						|
    // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
 | 
						|
    // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
 | 
						|
    // declaration with the same name.
 | 
						|
    llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
 | 
						|
      = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName());
 | 
						|
    if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
 | 
						|
      Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
 | 
						|
      << T;
 | 
						|
    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
 | 
						|
    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
 | 
						|
    return NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
    MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
 | 
						|
struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
 | 
						|
  Sema *S;
 | 
						|
  CXXMethodDecl *Method;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
 | 
						|
/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
 | 
						|
/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
 | 
						|
static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
 | 
						|
                                 CXXBasePath &Path,
 | 
						|
                                 void *UserData) {
 | 
						|
  RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 
 | 
						|
    = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
 | 
						|
  if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
 | 
						|
    // We really want to find the base class constructor here.
 | 
						|
    QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
 | 
						|
    CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
 | 
						|
  }    
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
 | 
						|
       Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second;
 | 
						|
       ++Path.Decls.first) {
 | 
						|
    if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Path.Decls.first)) {
 | 
						|
      if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD))
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
 | 
						|
/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
 | 
						|
void Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
 | 
						|
  // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
 | 
						|
  CXXBasePaths Paths;
 | 
						|
  FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
 | 
						|
  Data.Method = MD;
 | 
						|
  Data.S = this;
 | 
						|
  if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
 | 
						|
    for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
 | 
						|
         E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
 | 
						|
            !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
 | 
						|
            !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD))
 | 
						|
          MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NamedDecl*
 | 
						|
Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
 | 
						|
                              QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 | 
						|
                              LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
 | 
						|
                              bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
  assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
 | 
						|
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:      SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break;
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
 | 
						|
    if (CurContext->getLookupContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.7.1p5:
 | 
						|
      //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
 | 
						|
      //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
 | 
						|
      //   other than extern
 | 
						|
      // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_static_block_func);
 | 
						|
      SC = FunctionDecl::None;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      SC = FunctionDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
 | 
						|
  bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
 | 
						|
  bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
 | 
						|
  bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
 | 
						|
    = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec, DC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
 | 
						|
  // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
 | 
						|
  // the class has been completely parsed.
 | 
						|
  if (!DC->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
      RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                             R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
 | 
						|
                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                             AbstractReturnType))
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
 | 
						|
  if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
 | 
						|
      << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool isVirtualOkay = false;
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *NewFD;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isFriend) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.friend]p5
 | 
						|
    //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
 | 
						|
    //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
 | 
						|
    isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
 | 
						|
    // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
 | 
						|
    assert(DC->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
           "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Create the new declaration
 | 
						|
    NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context,
 | 
						|
                                       cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
 | 
						|
                                       D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
 | 
						|
                                       isExplicit, isInline,
 | 
						|
                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
 | 
						|
  } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
 | 
						|
    // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
 | 
						|
    if (DC->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
      R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, SC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context,
 | 
						|
                                        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
 | 
						|
                                        D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R,
 | 
						|
                                        isInline,
 | 
						|
                                        /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setTypeSourceInfo(TInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      isVirtualOkay = true;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
 | 
						|
      // code path.
 | 
						|
      NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                   Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
 | 
						|
                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true);
 | 
						|
      D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
 | 
						|
    if (!DC->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
 | 
						|
    NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
 | 
						|
                                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
 | 
						|
                                      isInline, isExplicit);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    isVirtualOkay = true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this
 | 
						|
    // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
 | 
						|
    // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
 | 
						|
    // constructor if it has no return type).
 | 
						|
    // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type
 | 
						|
    if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
 | 
						|
        Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
 | 
						|
        << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
 | 
						|
        << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool isStatic = SC == FunctionDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // [class.free]p1:
 | 
						|
    // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
 | 
						|
    // (even if not explicitly declared static).
 | 
						|
    if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
 | 
						|
        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
 | 
						|
      isStatic = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
 | 
						|
    // (even if not explicitly declared static).
 | 
						|
    if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
 | 
						|
        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
 | 
						|
      isStatic = true;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // This is a C++ method declaration.
 | 
						|
    NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
 | 
						|
                                  D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
 | 
						|
                                  isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    isVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Determine whether the function was written with a
 | 
						|
    // prototype. This true when:
 | 
						|
    //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
 | 
						|
    //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
 | 
						|
    //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
 | 
						|
    //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
 | 
						|
    bool HasPrototype =
 | 
						|
       getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
 | 
						|
       (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) ||
 | 
						|
       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC,
 | 
						|
                                 D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
 | 
						|
                                 HasPrototype);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
 | 
						|
  // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
 | 
						|
  // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
 | 
						|
  NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
 | 
						|
  // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
 | 
						|
  FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
 | 
						|
  bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
 | 
						|
  bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
 | 
						|
  if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
 | 
						|
        = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
 | 
						|
                                  D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						|
                                  D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
 | 
						|
                           (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(),
 | 
						|
                                                  TemplateParamLists.size(),
 | 
						|
                                                  isFriend,
 | 
						|
                                                  isExplicitSpecialization)) {
 | 
						|
    if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
 | 
						|
      // This is a function template
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check that we can declare a template here.
 | 
						|
      if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
 | 
						|
                                                      NewFD->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                                      Name, TemplateParams,
 | 
						|
                                                      NewFD);
 | 
						|
      FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // This is a function template specialization.
 | 
						|
      isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
 | 
						|
      if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
 | 
						|
        // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
 | 
						|
        SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
 | 
						|
        // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
 | 
						|
        // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
 | 
						|
        // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
 | 
						|
        // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation InsertLoc;
 | 
						|
        if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
 | 
						|
          InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
 | 
						|
          InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
 | 
						|
          << Name << RemoveRange
 | 
						|
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
 | 
						|
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Free this memory properly.
 | 
						|
    TemplateParamLists.release();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
 | 
						|
  //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
 | 
						|
  //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
 | 
						|
  //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!isVirtualOkay) {
 | 
						|
       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_virtual_non_function);
 | 
						|
    } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
      // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
 | 
						|
      CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
 | 
						|
      CurClass->setMethodAsVirtual(NewFD);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
 | 
						|
  //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
 | 
						|
  //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
 | 
						|
  //  and 12.3.2.
 | 
						|
  if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
      // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 
 | 
						|
           diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
 | 
						|
    } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 
 | 
						|
               !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
      // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
 | 
						|
      // or conversion function.
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
 | 
						|
    }      
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
 | 
						|
  FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isFriend) {
 | 
						|
    // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared.
 | 
						|
    assert((DC->isFileContext() || !Previous.empty()) &&
 | 
						|
           "previously-undeclared friend function being created "
 | 
						|
           "in a non-namespace context");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    if (FunctionTemplate) {
 | 
						|
      FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
 | 
						|
      FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (SC == FunctionDecl::Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
 | 
						|
      !CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.static]p1:
 | 
						|
    //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
 | 
						|
    //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
 | 
						|
    //   the class.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
 | 
						|
    // member function definition.
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_static_out_of_line)
 | 
						|
      << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
 | 
						|
  if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
 | 
						|
    // The parser guarantees this is a string.
 | 
						|
    StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
 | 
						|
    NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(Context, SE->getString()));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
 | 
						|
  // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
 | 
						|
  llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
 | 
						|
  if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) {
 | 
						|
    DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
 | 
						|
    // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
 | 
						|
    // single void argument.
 | 
						|
    // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
 | 
						|
    // already checks for that case.
 | 
						|
    if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
 | 
						|
        FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
 | 
						|
        FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType()) {
 | 
						|
      // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
 | 
						|
      ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
 | 
						|
      // typedef of void is not permitted.
 | 
						|
      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
          Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy)
 | 
						|
        Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void);
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Leaks decl?
 | 
						|
    } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
 | 
						|
        assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
 | 
						|
        Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
 | 
						|
        Params.push_back(Param);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
          NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
 | 
						|
    // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
 | 
						|
    // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
 | 
						|
    // parameters for use in the declaration.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // @code
 | 
						|
    // typedef void fn(int);
 | 
						|
    // fn f;
 | 
						|
    // @endcode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
 | 
						|
    for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
 | 
						|
         AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
 | 
						|
      ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, NewFD,
 | 
						|
                                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), 0,
 | 
						|
                                               *AI, 
 | 
						|
                                         Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(*AI, 
 | 
						|
                                                          D.getIdentifierLoc()),
 | 
						|
                                               VarDecl::None,
 | 
						|
                                               VarDecl::None, 0);
 | 
						|
      Param->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
      Params.push_back(Param);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
 | 
						|
           "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
 | 
						|
  NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 
 | 
						|
  // argument list into our AST format.
 | 
						|
  bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
 | 
						|
  TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
 | 
						|
  if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
 | 
						|
    TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
 | 
						|
    TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
 | 
						|
    TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
 | 
						|
    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
 | 
						|
                                       TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
 | 
						|
                                       TemplateId->NumArgs);
 | 
						|
    translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
 | 
						|
                               TemplateArgs);
 | 
						|
    TemplateArgsPtr.release();
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (FunctionTemplate) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template
 | 
						|
      // arguments.
 | 
						|
      HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
 | 
						|
    } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 
 | 
						|
               !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
 | 
						|
      // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 
 | 
						|
      // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
 | 
						|
      // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
 | 
						|
      // too few of them).
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
 | 
						|
        << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
 | 
						|
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
 | 
						|
                                   D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						|
                                                 "template<> ");
 | 
						|
      isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
 | 
						|
      isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
 | 
						|
    // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
 | 
						|
    // wrote something like:
 | 
						|
    //   template <> friend void foo(int);
 | 
						|
    // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
 | 
						|
    //   friend void foo<>(int);
 | 
						|
    // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
 | 
						|
    HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
 | 
						|
    TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						|
    TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
 | 
						|
  // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
 | 
						|
  // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
 | 
						|
  // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
 | 
						|
  if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
 | 
						|
      (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) {
 | 
						|
    assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
 | 
						|
           "friend function specialization without template args");
 | 
						|
    if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
 | 
						|
                                                     Previous))
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
 | 
						|
    if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
 | 
						|
                               (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
 | 
						|
                                            Previous))
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
    if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
 | 
						|
  bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK!
 | 
						|
  CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization,
 | 
						|
                           Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration ||
 | 
						|
          Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
 | 
						|
         "previous declaration set still overloaded");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
 | 
						|
                              ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
 | 
						|
                              : NewFD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isFriend && Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
    AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
 | 
						|
    if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
      Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setAccess(Access);
 | 
						|
    if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
      PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
 | 
						|
    PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
 | 
						|
  // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionTemplate) {
 | 
						|
    FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration();
 | 
						|
    CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
 | 
						|
                      PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
 | 
						|
             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate
 | 
						|
                                                : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
 | 
						|
    if (!Redeclaration && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
 | 
						|
    // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
 | 
						|
    // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
 | 
						|
    // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
 | 
						|
    // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2.
 | 
						|
    if (!IsFunctionDefinition && !isFriend &&
 | 
						|
        !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && !isExplicitSpecialization) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration)
 | 
						|
        << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    } else if (!Redeclaration && 
 | 
						|
               !(isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
 | 
						|
      // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
 | 
						|
      // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
 | 
						|
      // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
 | 
						|
      // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // class X {
 | 
						|
      //   void f() const;
 | 
						|
      // };
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
 | 
						|
      // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
 | 
						|
      // whether the parameter types are references).
 | 
						|
      Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match)
 | 
						|
        << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
      NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      LookupResult Prev(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						|
                        ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
      LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC);
 | 
						|
      assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
 | 
						|
             "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
 | 
						|
      for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
 | 
						|
           Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
 | 
						|
        if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) &&
 | 
						|
            isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD))
 | 
						|
          Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
 | 
						|
  // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
 | 
						|
  // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
 | 
						|
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
 | 
						|
  if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) {
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *Def;
 | 
						|
    FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
 | 
						|
    if (PrevFD && PrevFD->getBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
 | 
						|
      Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
    // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
 | 
						|
    // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
 | 
						|
      << Redeclaration << NewFD;
 | 
						|
    if (!Previous.empty())
 | 
						|
      Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
 | 
						|
    NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
 | 
						|
  // map of such names.
 | 
						|
  if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
 | 
						|
      && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
 | 
						|
  NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionTemplate)
 | 
						|
    return FunctionTemplate;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Keep track of static, non-inlined function definitions that
 | 
						|
  // have not been used. We will warn later.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Also include static functions declared but not defined.
 | 
						|
  if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && IsFunctionDefinition 
 | 
						|
      && !NewFD->isInlined() && NewFD->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage
 | 
						|
      && !NewFD->isUsed() && !NewFD->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()
 | 
						|
      && !NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()
 | 
						|
      && !NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
 | 
						|
    UnusedStaticFuncs.push_back(NewFD);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return NewFD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
 | 
						|
/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
 | 
						|
/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
 | 
						|
/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
 | 
						|
/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
 | 
						|
/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
 | 
						|
/// via InstantiateDecl).
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
 | 
						|
/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
 | 
						|
void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
 | 
						|
                                    LookupResult &Previous,
 | 
						|
                                    bool IsExplicitSpecialization,
 | 
						|
                                    bool &Redeclaration,
 | 
						|
                                    bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) {
 | 
						|
  // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking.
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
 | 
						|
    // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
 | 
						|
    // because all functions have linkage.
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
 | 
						|
    return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->isMain()) 
 | 
						|
    CheckMain(NewFD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
 | 
						|
    // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
 | 
						|
    // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
 | 
						|
    // declaration with the same name.
 | 
						|
    llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
 | 
						|
      = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName());
 | 
						|
    if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end())
 | 
						|
      Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
 | 
						|
  // the same name, if appropriate.
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
 | 
						|
    // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
 | 
						|
    // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
 | 
						|
    // function to the scope.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
    if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
 | 
						|
      Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
      OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
        OverloadableAttrRequired = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Functions marked "overloadable" must have a prototype (that
 | 
						|
        // we can't get through declaration merging).
 | 
						|
        if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
               diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
 | 
						|
            << NewFD;
 | 
						|
          Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
 | 
						|
          QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(
 | 
						|
                     NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
 | 
						|
                     0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
 | 
						|
                     FunctionType::ExtInfo());
 | 
						|
          NewFD->setType(R);
 | 
						|
          return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch (CheckOverload(NewFD, Previous, OldDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      case Ovl_Match:
 | 
						|
        Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
        if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldDecl) && CurContext->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
          HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldDecl));
 | 
						|
          Redeclaration = false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case Ovl_NonFunction:
 | 
						|
        Redeclaration = true;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case Ovl_Overload:
 | 
						|
        Redeclaration = false;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Redeclaration) {
 | 
						|
      // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
 | 
						|
      // merged.
 | 
						|
      if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl))
 | 
						|
        return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
      Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
 | 
						|
                                    = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
 | 
						|
        NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());        
 | 
						|
        FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
 | 
						|
          = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
 | 
						|
        assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
 | 
						|
        if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 
 | 
						|
              = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
 | 
						|
          Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
 | 
						|
          NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
 | 
						|
        // template, mark it as a member specialization.
 | 
						|
        if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 
 | 
						|
            NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
 | 
						|
          NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
 | 
						|
          assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
 | 
						|
          NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
 | 
						|
        NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // C++-specific checks.
 | 
						|
    if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
      CheckConstructor(Constructor);
 | 
						|
    } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 
 | 
						|
                dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
      CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
 | 
						|
      QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform thisc heck even when the class
 | 
						|
      // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
 | 
						|
      if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						|
        DeclarationName Name
 | 
						|
          = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
 | 
						|
                                        Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
 | 
						|
        if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
 | 
						|
          return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true);
 | 
						|
      // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no
 | 
						|
      // user-defined destructor.
 | 
						|
      Record->setPOD(false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly-
 | 
						|
      // declared destructor.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" destructors
 | 
						|
      Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false);
 | 
						|
    } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
 | 
						|
               = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
      ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
 | 
						|
    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 
 | 
						|
          !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
 | 
						|
        AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Additional checks for the destructor; make sure we do this after we
 | 
						|
    // figure out whether the destructor is virtual.
 | 
						|
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
 | 
						|
      if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
 | 
						|
        CheckDestructor(Destructor);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
 | 
						|
    if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
 | 
						|
        CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
 | 
						|
      return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
 | 
						|
    if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
 | 
						|
        CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD))
 | 
						|
      return NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
 | 
						|
    // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
 | 
						|
    // during delayed parsing anyway.
 | 
						|
    if (!CurContext->isRecord())
 | 
						|
      CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) {
 | 
						|
  // C++ [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline
 | 
						|
  //   or static is ill-formed.
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
 | 
						|
  //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
 | 
						|
  // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
 | 
						|
  bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified();
 | 
						|
  bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == FunctionDecl::Static;
 | 
						|
  if (isInline || isStatic) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl;
 | 
						|
    if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
      diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1;
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType T = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
 | 
						|
  const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
 | 
						|
    // TODO: add a replacement fixit to turn the return type into 'int'.
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
 | 
						|
    FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
 | 
						|
  unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
 | 
						|
  assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
 | 
						|
  // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
 | 
						|
  // getting shifty.
 | 
						|
  if (nparams == 4 &&
 | 
						|
      Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin)
 | 
						|
    HasExtraParameters = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (HasExtraParameters) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
 | 
						|
    FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
 | 
						|
    nparams = 3;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
 | 
						|
  // if we had some location information about types.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType CharPP =
 | 
						|
    Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
 | 
						|
  QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool mismatch = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
 | 
						|
      mismatch = false;
 | 
						|
    else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
 | 
						|
      // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
 | 
						|
      //   char const **
 | 
						|
      //   char const * const *
 | 
						|
      //   char * const *
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      QualifierCollector qs;
 | 
						|
      const PointerType* PT;
 | 
						|
      if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
 | 
						|
          (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
 | 
						|
          (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
 | 
						|
        qs.removeConst();
 | 
						|
        mismatch = !qs.empty();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mismatch) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
 | 
						|
      // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
 | 
						|
  // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
 | 
						|
  // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
 | 
						|
  // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
 | 
						|
  // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
 | 
						|
  // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
 | 
						|
  // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
 | 
						|
  // rules there don't matter.)
 | 
						|
  if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
 | 
						|
    << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init) {
 | 
						|
  AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
 | 
						|
/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
 | 
						|
/// initialization rather than copy initialization.
 | 
						|
void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
 | 
						|
  // the initializer.
 | 
						|
  if (RealDecl == 0)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
 | 
						|
    // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
 | 
						|
    // Thus this grotesque test.
 | 
						|
    IntegerLiteral *IL;
 | 
						|
    Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.get());
 | 
						|
    if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
 | 
						|
        Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
 | 
						|
      CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
 | 
						|
        << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      Method->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
 | 
						|
  if (!VDecl) {
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
        RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
        isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl))
 | 
						|
      Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization)
 | 
						|
        << cast<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
 | 
						|
    RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
 | 
						|
  // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
 | 
						|
  // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
 | 
						|
  QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
 | 
						|
  if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
 | 
						|
    BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
 | 
						|
                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
 | 
						|
    RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
 | 
						|
  if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
 | 
						|
                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                             AbstractVariableType))
 | 
						|
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const VarDecl *Def;
 | 
						|
  if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
 | 
						|
      << VDecl->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
    VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Take ownership of the expression, now that we're sure we have somewhere
 | 
						|
  // to put it.
 | 
						|
  Expr *Init = init.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						|
  assert(Init && "missing initializer");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
 | 
						|
  // initialization.
 | 
						|
  InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Poor source location information.
 | 
						|
  InitializationKind Kind
 | 
						|
    = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                                   Init->getLocStart(),
 | 
						|
                                                   Init->getLocEnd())
 | 
						|
                : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                                 Init->getLocStart());
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
 | 
						|
  // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
 | 
						|
  QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
 | 
						|
  if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
 | 
						|
      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
 | 
						|
      VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
 | 
						|
      OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
 | 
						|
                                          MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&Init, 1),
 | 
						|
                                                &DclT);
 | 
						|
      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
 | 
						|
        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
 | 
						|
      // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
 | 
						|
      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4.
 | 
						|
          CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
 | 
						|
             VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
 | 
						|
    // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // struct S {
 | 
						|
    //   static const int value = 17;
 | 
						|
    // };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Attach the initializer
 | 
						|
    VDecl->setInit(Init);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.mem]p4:
 | 
						|
    //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
 | 
						|
    //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
 | 
						|
    //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
 | 
						|
    QualType T = VDecl->getType();
 | 
						|
    if (!T->isDependentType() &&
 | 
						|
        (!Context.getCanonicalType(T).isConstQualified() ||
 | 
						|
         !T->isIntegralType())) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization)
 | 
						|
        << VDecl->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // C++ [class.static.data]p4:
 | 
						|
      //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
 | 
						|
      //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition
 | 
						|
      //   can specify a constant-initializer which shall be an
 | 
						|
      //   integral constant expression (5.19).
 | 
						|
      if (!Init->isTypeDependent() &&
 | 
						|
          !Init->getType()->isIntegralType()) {
 | 
						|
        // We have a non-dependent, non-integral or enumeration type.
 | 
						|
        Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
 | 
						|
             diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_integral_type)
 | 
						|
          << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      } else if (!Init->isTypeDependent() && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
 | 
						|
        // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
 | 
						|
        llvm::APSInt Value;
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation Loc;
 | 
						|
        if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
 | 
						|
            << Init->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
          VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        } else if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType())
 | 
						|
          ImpCastExprToType(Init, VDecl->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern && 
 | 
						|
        (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 
 | 
						|
         !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
 | 
						|
      Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
 | 
						|
    if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1);
 | 
						|
      OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
 | 
						|
                                          MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&Init, 1),
 | 
						|
                                                &DclT);
 | 
						|
      if (Result.isInvalid()) {
 | 
						|
        VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
 | 
						|
    // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
 | 
						|
    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
 | 
						|
      CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
 | 
						|
  // completed by the initializer. For example:
 | 
						|
  //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
 | 
						|
  // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
 | 
						|
  if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) {
 | 
						|
    VDecl->setType(DclT);
 | 
						|
    Init->setType(DclT);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init);
 | 
						|
  // Attach the initializer to the decl.
 | 
						|
  VDecl->setInit(Init);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary.
 | 
						|
    QualType InitType = VDecl->getType();
 | 
						|
    while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType))
 | 
						|
      InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array);
 | 
						|
    if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>())
 | 
						|
      FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
 | 
						|
/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
 | 
						|
/// of sanity.
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(DeclPtrTy dcl) {
 | 
						|
  // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
 | 
						|
  // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
 | 
						|
  Decl *D = dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
  if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
  if (!VD) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType Ty = VD->getType();
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Require a complete type.
 | 
						|
  if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 
 | 
						|
                          Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
 | 
						|
                          diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
 | 
						|
    VD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Require an abstract type.
 | 
						|
  if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
 | 
						|
                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                             AbstractVariableType)) {
 | 
						|
    VD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
 | 
						|
  // though.
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclPtrTy dcl,
 | 
						|
                                  bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *RealDecl = dcl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
 | 
						|
  if (RealDecl == 0)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    QualType Type = Var->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
 | 
						|
    if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
 | 
						|
        << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
 | 
						|
      Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
 | 
						|
    case VarDecl::Definition:
 | 
						|
      if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
 | 
						|
      // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
 | 
						|
      // a declaration. 
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // Fall through
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
 | 
						|
      // It's only a declaration. 
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
 | 
						|
      // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
 | 
						|
      // object shall be complete.
 | 
						|
      if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isBlockVarDecl() && 
 | 
						|
          !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
          RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
 | 
						|
                              diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
 | 
						|
        Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
 | 
						|
      if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
          RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
 | 
						|
                                 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                                 AbstractVariableType))
 | 
						|
        Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
 | 
						|
      // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
 | 
						|
      // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
 | 
						|
      // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
 | 
						|
      // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
 | 
						|
      // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
 | 
						|
      if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
 | 
						|
                                    = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
 | 
						|
          if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                  ArrayT->getElementType(),
 | 
						|
                                  diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
 | 
						|
            Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) {
 | 
						|
          // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
 | 
						|
          // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
 | 
						|
          // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
 | 
						|
          // NOTE: code such as the following
 | 
						|
          //     static struct s;
 | 
						|
          //     struct s { int a; };
 | 
						|
          // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
 | 
						|
          // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
 | 
						|
          // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
 | 
						|
          if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
 | 
						|
            RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
 | 
						|
                                diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
 | 
						|
      if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
        TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
 | 
						|
    // definitions with incomplete array type.
 | 
						|
    if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Var->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
 | 
						|
      Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
 | 
						|
   // definitions with reference type.
 | 
						|
   if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						|
     Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
 | 
						|
       << Var->getDeclName()
 | 
						|
       << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
 | 
						|
     Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
     return;
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
 | 
						|
    // variable with dependent type.
 | 
						|
    if (Type->isDependentType())
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 
 | 
						|
                            Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
 | 
						|
                            diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
 | 
						|
      Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
 | 
						|
    if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
 | 
						|
                               diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                               AbstractVariableType)) {
 | 
						|
      Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const RecordType *Record
 | 
						|
      = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						|
    if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
 | 
						|
        cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
 | 
						|
      // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
 | 
						|
      //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
 | 
						|
      //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
 | 
						|
      //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
 | 
						|
      //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
 | 
						|
      //   type shall have a user-declared default
 | 
						|
      //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
 | 
						|
      //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
 | 
						|
      //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
 | 
						|
      //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
 | 
						|
      //   program is ill-formed.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this.
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
 | 
						|
      InitializationKind Kind
 | 
						|
        = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
      InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
      OwningExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
 | 
						|
                                              MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
 | 
						|
      if (Init.isInvalid())
 | 
						|
        Var->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      else if (Init.get())
 | 
						|
        Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>()));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record)
 | 
						|
      FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
 | 
						|
                                                   DeclPtrTy *Group,
 | 
						|
                                                   unsigned NumDecls) {
 | 
						|
  llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
 | 
						|
    Decls.push_back((Decl*)DS.getTypeRep());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
 | 
						|
    if (Decl *D = Group[i].getAs<Decl>())
 | 
						|
      Decls.push_back(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context,
 | 
						|
                                                   Decls.data(), Decls.size()));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
 | 
						|
/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy
 | 
						|
Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
 | 
						|
  const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
 | 
						|
  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = VarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
 | 
						|
    StorageClass = VarDecl::Register;
 | 
						|
    StorageClassAsWritten = VarDecl::Register;
 | 
						|
  } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
 | 
						|
         diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
 | 
						|
    D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
 | 
						|
  // parameter (C++ only).
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
  QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo, &OwnedDecl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
 | 
						|
    //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
 | 
						|
    Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
 | 
						|
      << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
  if (II) {
 | 
						|
    LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						|
                   ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
    LookupName(R, S);
 | 
						|
    if (R.isSingleResult()) {
 | 
						|
      NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						|
        // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						|
        DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
 | 
						|
        // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
        PrevDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
      } else if (S->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(PrevDecl))) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
 | 
						|
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Recover by removing the name
 | 
						|
        II = 0;
 | 
						|
        D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
 | 
						|
        D.setInvalidType(true);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
 | 
						|
  // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
 | 
						|
  // looking like class members in C++.
 | 
						|
  ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
 | 
						|
                                    TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 
 | 
						|
                                    D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                    StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();  
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
 | 
						|
  if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
 | 
						|
      << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
 | 
						|
  S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(New));
 | 
						|
  if (II)
 | 
						|
    IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 
 | 
						|
                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                  IdentifierInfo *Name,
 | 
						|
                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
 | 
						|
                                  VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
 | 
						|
  ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name,
 | 
						|
                                         adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 
 | 
						|
                                         StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
 | 
						|
                                         0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
 | 
						|
  // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
 | 
						|
  // the class has been completely parsed.
 | 
						|
  if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
 | 
						|
      RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                             AbstractParamType))
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
 | 
						|
  // passed by reference.
 | 
						|
  if (T->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NameLoc,
 | 
						|
         diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T;
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 
 | 
						|
  // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
 | 
						|
  // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
 | 
						|
  // an address space.
 | 
						|
  if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }   
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return New;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
 | 
						|
                                           SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
 | 
						|
  assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
 | 
						|
         "Not a function declarator!");
 | 
						|
  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
 | 
						|
  // for a K&R function.
 | 
						|
  if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
 | 
						|
    for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
 | 
						|
      --i;
 | 
						|
      if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
 | 
						|
        llvm::SmallString<256> Code;
 | 
						|
        llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
 | 
						|
                                        << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
 | 
						|
                                        << ";\n";
 | 
						|
        Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
 | 
						|
          << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
 | 
						|
          << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
 | 
						|
        // type.
 | 
						|
        DeclSpec DS;
 | 
						|
        const char* PrevSpec; // unused
 | 
						|
        unsigned DiagID; // unused
 | 
						|
        DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
 | 
						|
                           PrevSpec, DiagID);
 | 
						|
        Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
 | 
						|
        ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
 | 
						|
        FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
 | 
						|
                                              Declarator &D) {
 | 
						|
  assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
 | 
						|
  assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
 | 
						|
         "Not a function declarator!");
 | 
						|
  DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C.
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclPtrTy DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D,
 | 
						|
                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
 | 
						|
                                  /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
 | 
						|
  return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Or declarations that aren't global.
 | 
						|
  if (!FD->isGlobal())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about 'main'.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isMain())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about inline functions.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about function templates.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Don't warn about function template specializations.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool MissingPrototype = true;
 | 
						|
  for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration();
 | 
						|
       Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
 | 
						|
    // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
 | 
						|
    // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
 | 
						|
    if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
  return MissingPrototype;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclPtrTy D) {
 | 
						|
  // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
 | 
						|
  LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!D)
 | 
						|
    return D;
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
 | 
						|
        = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>()))
 | 
						|
    FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Enter a new function scope
 | 
						|
  PushFunctionScope();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // See if this is a redefinition.
 | 
						|
  // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
 | 
						|
  // was an extern inline function.
 | 
						|
  const FunctionDecl *Definition;
 | 
						|
  if (FD->getBody(Definition) &&
 | 
						|
      !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
    Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The return type of a function definition must be complete
 | 
						|
  // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
 | 
						|
  QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
 | 
						|
  if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
 | 
						|
      !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
      RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
 | 
						|
                          diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
 | 
						|
    FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
 | 
						|
  //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
 | 
						|
  //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
 | 
						|
  //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
 | 
						|
  //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
 | 
						|
  if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD))
 | 
						|
    Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FnBodyScope)
 | 
						|
    PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check the validity of our function parameters
 | 
						|
  CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ShouldCheckShadow =
 | 
						|
    Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
 | 
						|
    ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
 | 
						|
    Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
 | 
						|
    if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
 | 
						|
      if (ShouldCheckShadow)
 | 
						|
        CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Checking attributes of current function definition
 | 
						|
  // dllimport attribute.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() &&
 | 
						|
      (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
 | 
						|
    // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition.
 | 
						|
    if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
 | 
						|
        << "dllimport";
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy::make(FD);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
 | 
						|
    // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
 | 
						|
    if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) {
 | 
						|
      // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
 | 
						|
      // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
 | 
						|
      // emitted.
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
           diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
 | 
						|
        << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport";
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(FD);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg) {
 | 
						|
  return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclPtrTy D, StmtArg BodyArg,
 | 
						|
                                              bool IsInstantiation) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *dcl = D.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
  Stmt *Body = BodyArg.takeAs<Stmt>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
 | 
						|
  FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
 | 
						|
  if (FunTmpl)
 | 
						|
    FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (FD) {
 | 
						|
    FD->setBody(Body);
 | 
						|
    if (FD->isMain()) {
 | 
						|
      // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
 | 
						|
      // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
 | 
						|
      FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
 | 
						|
      WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!FD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
      DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
 | 
						|
      MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Method->getLocation(), Method);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
 | 
						|
  } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
 | 
						|
    assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
 | 
						|
    MD->setBody(Body);
 | 
						|
    MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd());
 | 
						|
    if (!MD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
      DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Body->Destroy(Context);
 | 
						|
    return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify and clean out per-function state.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check goto/label use.
 | 
						|
  for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
 | 
						|
       I = getLabelMap().begin(), E = getLabelMap().end(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    LabelStmt *L = I->second;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
 | 
						|
    // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
 | 
						|
    // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
 | 
						|
    if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Emit error.
 | 
						|
    Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label.  Stitch it into
 | 
						|
    // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well
 | 
						|
    // formed.
 | 
						|
    if (Body == 0) {
 | 
						|
      // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this.
 | 
						|
      L->Destroy(Context);
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the
 | 
						|
    // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto
 | 
						|
    // has a valid target.  Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the
 | 
						|
    // label in it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Give the label a sub-statement.
 | 
						|
    L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ?
 | 
						|
                               cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() :
 | 
						|
                               cast<CompoundStmt>(Body);
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                          Compound->body_end());
 | 
						|
    Elements.push_back(L);
 | 
						|
    Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Body) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
 | 
						|
    // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
 | 
						|
    // Verify this.
 | 
						|
    if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
 | 
						|
      DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
 | 
						|
    // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
 | 
						|
    if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
 | 
						|
      DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl))
 | 
						|
      MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                             Destructor->getParent());
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
 | 
						|
    // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
 | 
						|
    // deletion in some later function.
 | 
						|
    if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
 | 
						|
      ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						|
    else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
 | 
						|
      // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
 | 
						|
      // enabled.
 | 
						|
      QualType ResultType;
 | 
						|
      if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
 | 
						|
        ResultType = FD->getResultType();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      else {
 | 
						|
        ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl);
 | 
						|
        ResultType = MD->getResultType();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, dcl);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!IsInstantiation)
 | 
						|
    PopDeclContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
 | 
						|
  // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
 | 
						|
  // deletion in some later function.
 | 
						|
  if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
 | 
						|
    ExprTemporaries.clear();
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return D;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
 | 
						|
/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
 | 
						|
NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                          IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
 | 
						|
  // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
 | 
						|
  // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
 | 
						|
  // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
 | 
						|
  // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
 | 
						|
  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
 | 
						|
    = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II);
 | 
						|
  if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
 | 
						|
    Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
    return Pos->second;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
 | 
						|
  if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II;
 | 
						|
  else if (getLangOptions().C99)
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
 | 
						|
  const char *Dummy;
 | 
						|
  DeclSpec DS;
 | 
						|
  unsigned DiagID;
 | 
						|
  bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
 | 
						|
  Error = Error; // Silence warning.
 | 
						|
  assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
 | 
						|
  Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
 | 
						|
  D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
 | 
						|
                                             0, 0, false, SourceLocation(),
 | 
						|
                                             false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D),
 | 
						|
                SourceLocation());
 | 
						|
  D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
 | 
						|
  CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *FD =
 | 
						|
 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D).getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  FD->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CurContext = PrevDC;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return FD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
 | 
						|
/// the declaration of this function.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
 | 
						|
/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
 | 
						|
/// like NSLog or printf.
 | 
						|
void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
 | 
						|
  // actual attributes.
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
 | 
						|
    unsigned FormatIdx;
 | 
						|
    bool HasVAListArg;
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
 | 
						|
        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(Context, "printf", FormatIdx+1,
 | 
						|
                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
 | 
						|
    // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
 | 
						|
    // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
 | 
						|
    if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno &&
 | 
						|
        Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
 | 
						|
        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID))
 | 
						|
      FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType()));
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID))
 | 
						|
      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr());
 | 
						|
    if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID))
 | 
						|
      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
  if (!Name)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
       FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
 | 
						|
      (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
 | 
						|
       cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
 | 
						|
       LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
 | 
						|
    // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
 | 
						|
    // about.
 | 
						|
  } else
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
 | 
						|
    if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
 | 
						|
      const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf");
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(Context, "printf", 1,
 | 
						|
                                             Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
 | 
						|
  } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
 | 
						|
    // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
 | 
						|
    if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
 | 
						|
      FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(Context, "printf", 2,
 | 
						|
                                             Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
 | 
						|
  assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
 | 
						|
  assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!TInfo) {
 | 
						|
    assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
 | 
						|
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
 | 
						|
  TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						|
                                           D.getIdentifierLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                           D.getIdentifier(),
 | 
						|
                                           TInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) {
 | 
						|
    TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl
 | 
						|
    // keep track of the TypedefDecl.
 | 
						|
    if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl())
 | 
						|
      TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
    NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  return NewTD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
 | 
						|
/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
 | 
						|
bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
 | 
						|
                                        TagDecl::TagKind NewTag,
 | 
						|
                                        SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
 | 
						|
                                        const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
 | 
						|
  // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
 | 
						|
  //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
 | 
						|
  //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
 | 
						|
  //   declaration to which the name in theelaborated-type-specifier
 | 
						|
  //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
 | 
						|
  //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
 | 
						|
  //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
 | 
						|
  //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
 | 
						|
  //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
 | 
						|
  //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-keyshall be
 | 
						|
  //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
 | 
						|
  //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
 | 
						|
  //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
 | 
						|
  TagDecl::TagKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
 | 
						|
  if (OldTag == NewTag)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((OldTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class) &&
 | 
						|
      (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_struct || NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class)) {
 | 
						|
    // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
 | 
						|
    bool isTemplate = false;
 | 
						|
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
 | 
						|
      isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
 | 
						|
      << (NewTag == TagDecl::TK_class)
 | 
						|
      << isTemplate << &Name
 | 
						|
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
 | 
						|
                              OldTag == TagDecl::TK_class? "class" : "struct");
 | 
						|
    Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
 | 
						|
/// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
 | 
						|
/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
 | 
						|
/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
 | 
						|
                               SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
 | 
						|
                               IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						|
                               AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
 | 
						|
                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
 | 
						|
                               bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent) {
 | 
						|
  // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
 | 
						|
  assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
 | 
						|
         "Nameless record must be a definition!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OwnedDecl = false;
 | 
						|
  TagDecl::TagKind Kind = TagDecl::getTagKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
 | 
						|
  bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
 | 
						|
  if (TUK != TUK_Reference) {
 | 
						|
    if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
 | 
						|
          = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS,
 | 
						|
                        (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(),
 | 
						|
                                              TemplateParameterLists.size(),
 | 
						|
                                                    TUK == TUK_Friend,
 | 
						|
                                                    isExplicitSpecialization)) {
 | 
						|
      if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
 | 
						|
        // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
 | 
						|
        // be a member of another template).
 | 
						|
        OwnedDecl = false;
 | 
						|
        DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
 | 
						|
                                               SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
 | 
						|
                                               TemplateParams,
 | 
						|
                                               AS);
 | 
						|
        TemplateParameterLists.release();
 | 
						|
        return Result.get();
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
 | 
						|
        Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
 | 
						|
          << ElaboratedType::getNameForTagKind(Kind) << Name;
 | 
						|
        isExplicitSpecialization = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
             
 | 
						|
    TemplateParameterLists.release();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
 | 
						|
  DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
 | 
						|
  bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
 | 
						|
  bool Invalid = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
 | 
						|
  if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
 | 
						|
    Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
 | 
						|
    // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
 | 
						|
    if (SS.isInvalid()) {
 | 
						|
      Name = 0;
 | 
						|
      goto CreateNewDecl;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
 | 
						|
    // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
 | 
						|
    if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
 | 
						|
      DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
 | 
						|
      if (!DC) {
 | 
						|
        IsDependent = true;
 | 
						|
        return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
 | 
						|
      if (!DC) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
 | 
						|
          << SS.getRange();
 | 
						|
        return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy::make((Decl *)0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SearchDC = DC;
 | 
						|
    // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
 | 
						|
    LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
      // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
 | 
						|
      // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
 | 
						|
      // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
 | 
						|
      // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
 | 
						|
      // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
 | 
						|
      if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation()) {
 | 
						|
        IsDependent = true;
 | 
						|
        return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
 | 
						|
      Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 
 | 
						|
        << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
 | 
						|
      Name = 0;
 | 
						|
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      goto CreateNewDecl;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (Name) {
 | 
						|
    // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
 | 
						|
    // declaration or definition.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
 | 
						|
    // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
 | 
						|
    // shouldn't be diagnosing.
 | 
						|
    LookupName(Previous, S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
 | 
						|
    if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
 | 
						|
      // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
 | 
						|
      // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
 | 
						|
      // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
 | 
						|
      while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
 | 
						|
        SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
 | 
						|
      Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						|
    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						|
    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
 | 
						|
    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
 | 
						|
      DC->Equals(StdNamespace) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
 | 
						|
    // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
 | 
						|
    isStdBadAlloc = true;
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
    if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
 | 
						|
      // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
 | 
						|
      // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 
 | 
						|
      // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
 | 
						|
      Previous.addDecl(StdBadAlloc);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
 | 
						|
  // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
 | 
						|
  // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
 | 
						|
  // there's a shadow friend decl.
 | 
						|
  if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
 | 
						|
      (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
 | 
						|
    if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
 | 
						|
    assert(SS.isEmpty());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
 | 
						|
      // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
 | 
						|
      //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      //          class-key identifier
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
 | 
						|
      //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
 | 
						|
      //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
 | 
						|
      //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
 | 
						|
      //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
 | 
						|
      //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
 | 
						|
      //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
 | 
						|
      //      declaration.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
 | 
						|
      // C structs and unions.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
 | 
						|
      // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
 | 
						|
      // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
 | 
						|
      // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
 | 
						|
      // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
 | 
						|
      // lexical context,
 | 
						|
      while (SearchDC->isRecord())
 | 
						|
        SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
 | 
						|
      while (S->isClassScope() ||
 | 
						|
             (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
              S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
 | 
						|
             ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
 | 
						|
             (S->getEntity() &&
 | 
						|
              ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
 | 
						|
        S = S->getParent();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
 | 
						|
      // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
 | 
						|
      //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
 | 
						|
      //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
 | 
						|
      //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
 | 
						|
      SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
 | 
						|
    // diagnose some problems.
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
      Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
      LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Previous.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
 | 
						|
    // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
 | 
						|
    // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
 | 
						|
    // in C++.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
 | 
						|
    // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
 | 
						|
    // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
 | 
						|
    // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
      if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						|
        if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
 | 
						|
          TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
 | 
						|
          if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
 | 
						|
              Tag->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()
 | 
						|
                          ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext())) {
 | 
						|
            PrevDecl = Tag;
 | 
						|
            Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
            Previous.addDecl(Tag);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
 | 
						|
      // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
 | 
						|
      // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
 | 
						|
      if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
 | 
						|
          isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
 | 
						|
        // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
 | 
						|
        // struct or something similar.
 | 
						|
        if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) {
 | 
						|
          bool SafeToContinue
 | 
						|
            = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TagDecl::TK_enum &&
 | 
						|
               Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum);
 | 
						|
          if (SafeToContinue)
 | 
						|
            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
 | 
						|
              << Name
 | 
						|
              << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
 | 
						|
                                              PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
 | 
						|
          Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (SafeToContinue)
 | 
						|
            Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
 | 
						|
          else {
 | 
						|
            // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
 | 
						|
            Name = 0;
 | 
						|
            Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
            Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!Invalid) {
 | 
						|
          // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
 | 
						|
          // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
 | 
						|
          // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
 | 
						|
          // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
 | 
						|
          if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
 | 
						|
            return DeclPtrTy::make(PrevTagDecl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
 | 
						|
          if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
 | 
						|
            if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
 | 
						|
              // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
 | 
						|
              // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
 | 
						|
              // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
 | 
						|
              if (!isExplicitSpecialization ||
 | 
						|
                  !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) ||
 | 
						|
                  cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 
 | 
						|
                                               == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) {
 | 
						|
                Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
 | 
						|
                Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
                // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
 | 
						|
                // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
 | 
						|
                // references get the previous definition.
 | 
						|
                Name = 0;
 | 
						|
                Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
                Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            } else {
 | 
						|
              // If the type is currently being defined, complain
 | 
						|
              // about a nested redefinition.
 | 
						|
              TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
 | 
						|
              if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
 | 
						|
                Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
 | 
						|
                Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                     diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
                Name = 0;
 | 
						|
                Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
                Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
 | 
						|
            // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
 | 
						|
        // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
 | 
						|
        // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
 | 
						|
        // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
 | 
						|
        // have distinct types.
 | 
						|
        Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
 | 
						|
      // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
 | 
						|
      // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
 | 
						|
    // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
 | 
						|
    // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
 | 
						|
      // found the wrong kind of type on the first
 | 
						|
      // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
 | 
						|
      if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
 | 
						|
          !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
 | 
						|
        unsigned Kind = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
 | 
						|
        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
 | 
						|
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
        Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
 | 
						|
      } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) {
 | 
						|
        // do nothing
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
 | 
						|
      } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
 | 
						|
        unsigned Kind = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
 | 
						|
        else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
 | 
						|
        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
 | 
						|
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
 | 
						|
        Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
 | 
						|
      // case here.
 | 
						|
      } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
 | 
						|
          << Name
 | 
						|
          << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType();
 | 
						|
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
 | 
						|
        Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise, diagnose.
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
 | 
						|
        // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
 | 
						|
        Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
 | 
						|
        Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
        Name = 0;
 | 
						|
        Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
 | 
						|
      // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
      Previous.clear();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
CreateNewDecl:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (Previous.isSingleResult())
 | 
						|
    PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
 | 
						|
  // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
 | 
						|
  // keyword.
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
 | 
						|
  // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
 | 
						|
  // PrevDecl.
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *New;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
 | 
						|
    // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
 | 
						|
    New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
 | 
						|
                           cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl));
 | 
						|
    // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
 | 
						|
    if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)  {
 | 
						|
      unsigned DK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? diag::err_forward_ref_enum
 | 
						|
                                              : diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, DK);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // struct/union/class
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
 | 
						|
    // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
 | 
						|
      New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || StdBadAlloc->isImplicit()))
 | 
						|
        StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc,
 | 
						|
                               cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Maybe add qualifier info.
 | 
						|
  if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
 | 
						|
    NestedNameSpecifier *NNS
 | 
						|
      = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
 | 
						|
    New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default
 | 
						|
    // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These
 | 
						|
    // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the
 | 
						|
    // structure.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
 | 
						|
    // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
 | 
						|
    // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
 | 
						|
    // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
 | 
						|
    // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
 | 
						|
    // parsing of the struct).
 | 
						|
    if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment())
 | 
						|
      New->addAttr(::new (Context) PragmaPackAttr(Alignment * 8));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
 | 
						|
  // check the specialization.
 | 
						|
  if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
 | 
						|
    Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
  if (Invalid)
 | 
						|
    New->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Attr)
 | 
						|
    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
 | 
						|
  // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
 | 
						|
  if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
 | 
						|
  // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
 | 
						|
  New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
 | 
						|
  if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
 | 
						|
    New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set the access specifier.
 | 
						|
  if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
 | 
						|
    SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
 | 
						|
    New->startDefinition();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
 | 
						|
  if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
 | 
						|
    // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
 | 
						|
    // if so, borrow its access specifier.
 | 
						|
    if (PrevDecl)
 | 
						|
      New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext();
 | 
						|
    DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false);
 | 
						|
    if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
 | 
						|
      if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
 | 
						|
        PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
 | 
						|
  } else if (Name) {
 | 
						|
    S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
 | 
						|
    PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    CurContext->addDecl(New);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
 | 
						|
  if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
 | 
						|
    if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
 | 
						|
        New->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
 | 
						|
        II->isStr("FILE"))
 | 
						|
      Context.setFILEDecl(New);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OwnedDecl = true;
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) {
 | 
						|
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  // Enter the tag context.
 | 
						|
  PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD,
 | 
						|
                                           SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
 | 
						|
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FieldCollector->StartClass();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Record->getIdentifier())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ [class]p2:
 | 
						|
  //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
 | 
						|
  //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
 | 
						|
  //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
 | 
						|
  //   as if it were a public member name.
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
 | 
						|
    = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(),
 | 
						|
                            CurContext, Record->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
                            Record->getIdentifier(),
 | 
						|
                            Record->getTagKeywordLoc(),
 | 
						|
                            Record);
 | 
						|
  InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
 | 
						|
  InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
 | 
						|
  if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
 | 
						|
      InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
 | 
						|
  PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
 | 
						|
  assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
 | 
						|
         "Broken injected-class-name");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Traverses the class and any nested classes, making a note of any 
 | 
						|
// dynamic classes that have no key function so that we can mark all of
 | 
						|
// their virtual member functions as "used" at the end of the translation
 | 
						|
// unit. This ensures that all functions needed by the vtable will get
 | 
						|
// instantiated/synthesized.
 | 
						|
static void 
 | 
						|
RecordDynamicClassesWithNoKeyFunction(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Record,
 | 
						|
                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
 | 
						|
  // We don't look at dependent or undefined classes.
 | 
						|
  if (Record->isDependentContext() || !Record->isDefinition())
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (Record->isDynamicClass()) {
 | 
						|
    const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction = S.Context.getKeyFunction(Record);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
    if (!KeyFunction)
 | 
						|
      S.ClassesWithUnmarkedVirtualMembers.push_back(std::make_pair(Record,
 | 
						|
                                                                   Loc));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((!KeyFunction || (KeyFunction->getBody() && KeyFunction->isInlined()))
 | 
						|
        && Record->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
 | 
						|
      S.Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_vtable) << Record;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Record->decls_begin(), 
 | 
						|
                               DEnd = Record->decls_end();
 | 
						|
       D != DEnd; ++D) {
 | 
						|
    if (CXXRecordDecl *Nested = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(*D))
 | 
						|
      RecordDynamicClassesWithNoKeyFunction(S, Nested, Loc);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD,
 | 
						|
                                    SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
 | 
						|
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
 | 
						|
    FieldCollector->FinishClass();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
 | 
						|
  PopDeclContext();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag) && !Tag->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())
 | 
						|
    RecordDynamicClassesWithNoKeyFunction(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag),
 | 
						|
                                          RBraceLoc);
 | 
						|
                                          
 | 
						|
  // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
 | 
						|
  Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD) {
 | 
						|
  AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
 | 
						|
  TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  Tag->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
 | 
						|
  // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
 | 
						|
  // the FieldCollector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  PopDeclContext();  
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
 | 
						|
bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
 | 
						|
                          QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth,
 | 
						|
                          bool *ZeroWidth) {
 | 
						|
  // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
 | 
						|
  if (ZeroWidth)
 | 
						|
    *ZeroWidth = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
 | 
						|
  // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
 | 
						|
  if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralType()) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
 | 
						|
    if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    if (FieldName)
 | 
						|
      return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
 | 
						|
        << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
 | 
						|
      << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
 | 
						|
  // it now.
 | 
						|
  if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::APSInt Value;
 | 
						|
  if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
 | 
						|
    *ZeroWidth = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
 | 
						|
  if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
 | 
						|
    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
    if (FieldName)
 | 
						|
      return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
 | 
						|
               << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
 | 
						|
    return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
 | 
						|
      << Value.toString(10);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						|
    uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
 | 
						|
    if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
 | 
						|
      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
        if (FieldName) 
 | 
						|
          return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
 | 
						|
            << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 
 | 
						|
            << (unsigned)TypeSize;
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
 | 
						|
          << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (FieldName)
 | 
						|
        Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
 | 
						|
          << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 
 | 
						|
          << (unsigned)TypeSize;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
 | 
						|
          << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;        
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
 | 
						|
/// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy TagD,
 | 
						|
                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
 | 
						|
                                 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) {
 | 
						|
  FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD.getAs<Decl>()),
 | 
						|
                               DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
 | 
						|
                               AS_public);
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(Res);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
 | 
						|
                             SourceLocation DeclStart,
 | 
						|
                             Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
 | 
						|
                             AccessSpecifier AS) {
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
 | 
						|
  if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						|
  QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
 | 
						|
    Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
 | 
						|
                                         ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						|
    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						|
    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
 | 
						|
    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    PrevDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
 | 
						|
    PrevDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Mutable
 | 
						|
    = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						|
  FieldDecl *NewFD
 | 
						|
    = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL,
 | 
						|
                     AS, PrevDecl, &D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    Record->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
 | 
						|
    // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
 | 
						|
    // with the same name in the same scope.
 | 
						|
  } else if (II) {
 | 
						|
    PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
 | 
						|
  } else
 | 
						|
    Record->addDecl(NewFD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NewFD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
 | 
						|
/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
 | 
						|
/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
 | 
						|
/// created.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \returns a new FieldDecl.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
 | 
						|
FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
 | 
						|
                                RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation TSSL,
 | 
						|
                                AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
 | 
						|
                                Declarator *D) {
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
 | 
						|
  bool InvalidDecl = false;
 | 
						|
  if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
 | 
						|
  // marking this declaration as invalid.
 | 
						|
  if (T.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
    InvalidDecl = true;
 | 
						|
    T = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
 | 
						|
  if (!EltTy->isDependentType() &&
 | 
						|
      RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
 | 
						|
    InvalidDecl = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
 | 
						|
  // than a variably modified type.
 | 
						|
  if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
 | 
						|
    bool SizeIsNegative;
 | 
						|
    QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context,
 | 
						|
                                                           SizeIsNegative);
 | 
						|
    if (!FixedTy.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
 | 
						|
      T = FixedTy;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (SizeIsNegative)
 | 
						|
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
 | 
						|
      InvalidDecl = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fields can not have abstract class types
 | 
						|
  if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
 | 
						|
                                             diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
 | 
						|
                                             AbstractFieldType))
 | 
						|
    InvalidDecl = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroWidth = false;
 | 
						|
  // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
 | 
						|
  if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth &&
 | 
						|
      VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) {
 | 
						|
    InvalidDecl = true;
 | 
						|
    DeleteExpr(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
    BitWidth = 0;
 | 
						|
    ZeroWidth = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
 | 
						|
                                       BitWidth, Mutable);
 | 
						|
  if (InvalidDecl)
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
 | 
						|
    Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
    NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
    CXXRecordDecl* CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!T->isPODType())
 | 
						|
      CXXRecord->setPOD(false);
 | 
						|
    if (!ZeroWidth)
 | 
						|
      CXXRecord->setEmpty(false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						|
      CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
 | 
						|
        CXXRecord->setHasTrivialConstructor(false);
 | 
						|
      if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
 | 
						|
        CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false);
 | 
						|
      if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
 | 
						|
        CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false);
 | 
						|
      if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						|
        CXXRecord->setHasTrivialDestructor(false);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
 | 
						|
      // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
 | 
						|
      // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
 | 
						|
      // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
 | 
						|
      // objects.
 | 
						|
      // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
 | 
						|
      if (Record->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
        // We check for copy constructors before constructors
 | 
						|
        // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
 | 
						|
        // copy constructors.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
 | 
						|
        if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
 | 
						|
          member = CXXCopyConstructor;
 | 
						|
        else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor())
 | 
						|
          member = CXXConstructor;
 | 
						|
        else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
 | 
						|
          member = CXXCopyAssignment;
 | 
						|
        else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor())
 | 
						|
          member = CXXDestructor;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (member != CXXInvalid) {
 | 
						|
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_illegal_union_member) << Name << member;
 | 
						|
          DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member);
 | 
						|
          NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
 | 
						|
  // representation, not a parser representation.
 | 
						|
  if (D)
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
 | 
						|
    ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  NewFD->setAccess(AS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1:
 | 
						|
  //   An aggregate is an array or a class (clause 9) with [...] no
 | 
						|
  //   private or protected non-static data members (clause 11).
 | 
						|
  // A POD must be an aggregate.
 | 
						|
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
      (AS == AS_private || AS == AS_protected)) {
 | 
						|
    CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
 | 
						|
    CXXRecord->setAggregate(false);
 | 
						|
    CXXRecord->setPOD(false);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NewFD;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
 | 
						|
/// special member, figure out why.
 | 
						|
void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) {
 | 
						|
  QualType QT(T, 0U);
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check whether the member was user-declared.
 | 
						|
  switch (member) {
 | 
						|
  case CXXInvalid:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CXXConstructor:
 | 
						|
    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
 | 
						|
      typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter;
 | 
						|
      for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){
 | 
						|
        const FunctionDecl *body = 0;
 | 
						|
        ci->getBody(body);
 | 
						|
        if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
 | 
						|
          SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation();
 | 
						|
          Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
 | 
						|
          return;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CXXCopyConstructor:
 | 
						|
    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
 | 
						|
      SourceLocation CtorLoc =
 | 
						|
        RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation();
 | 
						|
      Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CXXCopyAssignment:
 | 
						|
    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
 | 
						|
      // assignment, not the type.
 | 
						|
      SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						|
      Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CXXDestructor:
 | 
						|
    if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
 | 
						|
      SourceLocation DtorLoc = RD->getDestructor(Context)->getLocation();
 | 
						|
      Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member;
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
 | 
						|
  // but not trivial destruction.
 | 
						|
  if (member != CXXDestructor) {
 | 
						|
    // Check for virtual bases.  vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
 | 
						|
    // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
 | 
						|
    for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi)
 | 
						|
      if (bi->isVirtual()) {
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						|
        Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check for virtual methods.
 | 
						|
    typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter;
 | 
						|
    for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me;
 | 
						|
         ++mi) {
 | 
						|
      if (mi->isVirtual()) {
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						|
        Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0;
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const;
 | 
						|
  switch (member) {
 | 
						|
  case CXXConstructor:
 | 
						|
    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break;
 | 
						|
  case CXXCopyConstructor:
 | 
						|
    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break;
 | 
						|
  case CXXCopyAssignment:
 | 
						|
    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break;
 | 
						|
  case CXXDestructor:
 | 
						|
    hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break;
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
 | 
						|
  for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) {
 | 
						|
    const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						|
    assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
 | 
						|
    CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
 | 
						|
    if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) {
 | 
						|
      SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin();
 | 
						|
      Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member;
 | 
						|
      DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
 | 
						|
  typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter;
 | 
						|
  for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe;
 | 
						|
       ++fi) {
 | 
						|
    QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType());
 | 
						|
    if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						|
      CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) {
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation();
 | 
						|
        Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member;
 | 
						|
        DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
 | 
						|
///  AST enum value.
 | 
						|
static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
 | 
						|
TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
 | 
						|
  switch (ivarVisibility) {
 | 
						|
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
 | 
						|
  case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
 | 
						|
  case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
 | 
						|
  case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
 | 
						|
  case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
 | 
						|
/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation DeclStart,
 | 
						|
                                DeclPtrTy IntfDecl,
 | 
						|
                                Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth,
 | 
						|
                                tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
  Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
 | 
						|
  if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
 | 
						|
  // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
 | 
						|
  QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &TInfo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (BitWidth) {
 | 
						|
    // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
 | 
						|
    if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) {
 | 
						|
      D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
      DeleteExpr(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
      BitWidth = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Not a bitfield.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // validate II.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (T->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
 | 
						|
  // than a variably modified type.
 | 
						|
  else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
 | 
						|
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
 | 
						|
    D.setInvalidType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
 | 
						|
  ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
 | 
						|
    Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
 | 
						|
                                        : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
 | 
						|
  // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
 | 
						|
  ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = IntfDecl.getAs<ObjCContainerDecl>();
 | 
						|
  ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
 | 
						|
  if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
 | 
						|
    // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
 | 
						|
    EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
 | 
						|
    assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 
 | 
						|
        dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
 | 
						|
        return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Construct the decl.
 | 
						|
  ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context,
 | 
						|
                                             EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T,
 | 
						|
                                             TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (II) {
 | 
						|
    NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
 | 
						|
                                           ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
    if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
 | 
						|
        && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
 | 
						|
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
 | 
						|
      NewID->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
 | 
						|
  ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (D.isInvalidType())
 | 
						|
    NewID->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (II) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
 | 
						|
    // these to the interface.
 | 
						|
    S->AddDecl(DeclPtrTy::make(NewID));
 | 
						|
    IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(NewID);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
 | 
						|
                       SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclPtrTy RecDecl,
 | 
						|
                       DeclPtrTy *Fields, unsigned NumFields,
 | 
						|
                       SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
 | 
						|
                       AttributeList *Attr) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *EnclosingDecl = RecDecl.getAs<Decl>();
 | 
						|
  assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
 | 
						|
  // redeclaration or some other bogus case.  Don't try to add fields to it.
 | 
						|
  if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Deallocate fields?
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify that all the fields are okay.
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
 | 
						|
  llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i].getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Get the type for the field.
 | 
						|
    Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
 | 
						|
      // Remember all fields written by the user.
 | 
						|
      RecFields.push_back(FD);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
 | 
						|
    // diagnostics about it.
 | 
						|
    if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
 | 
						|
    //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
 | 
						|
    //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
 | 
						|
    //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
 | 
						|
    //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
 | 
						|
    //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
 | 
						|
    //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
 | 
						|
    //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
 | 
						|
    //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
 | 
						|
    //   array.
 | 
						|
    if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
      // Field declared as a function.
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
 | 
						|
        << FD->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && i == NumFields - 1 &&
 | 
						|
               Record && Record->isStruct()) {
 | 
						|
      // Flexible array member.
 | 
						|
      if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
 | 
						|
        Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
 | 
						|
          << FD->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
        FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
 | 
						|
      if (Record)
 | 
						|
        Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
 | 
						|
    } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
 | 
						|
               RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                   diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
 | 
						|
      // Incomplete type
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
 | 
						|
      if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
 | 
						|
        // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
 | 
						|
        if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
          Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
 | 
						|
          // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
 | 
						|
          // structures.
 | 
						|
          if (i != NumFields-1)
 | 
						|
            Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
 | 
						|
              << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
 | 
						|
          else {
 | 
						|
            // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
 | 
						|
            // other structs as an extension.
 | 
						|
            Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
 | 
						|
              << FD->getDeclName();
 | 
						|
            if (Record)
 | 
						|
              Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
 | 
						|
        Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
 | 
						|
    } else if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
 | 
						|
      /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
 | 
						|
      Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object);
 | 
						|
      FD->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
 | 
						|
               getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
 | 
						|
               Record &&
 | 
						|
               (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
 | 
						|
                FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()))
 | 
						|
      Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
 | 
						|
    // Keep track of the number of named members.
 | 
						|
    if (FD->getIdentifier())
 | 
						|
      ++NumNamedMembers;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
 | 
						|
  if (Record) {
 | 
						|
    Record->completeDefinition();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
 | 
						|
      reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
 | 
						|
    if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      ID->setLocEnd(RBrac);
 | 
						|
      // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
 | 
						|
        ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
 | 
						|
      // duplicates.
 | 
						|
      if (ID->getSuperClass())
 | 
						|
        DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
 | 
						|
    } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
 | 
						|
                  dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
 | 
						|
        // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
 | 
						|
        // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
 | 
						|
        ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
 | 
						|
      CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
 | 
						|
    } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 
 | 
						|
                dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
 | 
						|
      // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
 | 
						|
      // reported as errors elsewhere.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
 | 
						|
      // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
 | 
						|
      // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
 | 
						|
        ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
 | 
						|
        CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Attr)
 | 
						|
    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
 | 
						|
/// the given type T.
 | 
						|
static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
 | 
						|
                                        llvm::APSInt &Value,
 | 
						|
                                        QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  assert(T->isIntegralType() && "Integral type required!");
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative())
 | 
						|
    return Value.getActiveBits() < BitWidth;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
 | 
						|
// (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
 | 
						|
static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 
 | 
						|
  // enum checking below.
 | 
						|
  assert(T->isIntegralType() && "Integral type required!");
 | 
						|
  const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
 | 
						|
  QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 
 | 
						|
    Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 
 | 
						|
    Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 
 | 
						|
    Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
 | 
						|
  QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
 | 
						|
                                            : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
 | 
						|
    if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
 | 
						|
      return Types[I];
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return QualType();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
 | 
						|
                                          EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
 | 
						|
                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
 | 
						|
                                          IdentifierInfo *Id,
 | 
						|
                                          ExprArg val) {
 | 
						|
  Expr *Val = (Expr *)val.get();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
 | 
						|
  llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
 | 
						|
  QualType EltTy;
 | 
						|
  if (Val) {
 | 
						|
    if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
 | 
						|
      EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
 | 
						|
      SourceLocation ExpLoc;
 | 
						|
      if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
          VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) {
 | 
						|
        Val = 0;
 | 
						|
      } else {        
 | 
						|
        if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
          // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
 | 
						|
          //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
 | 
						|
          //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 
 | 
						|
          //   representable as an int.
 | 
						|
          
 | 
						|
          // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
 | 
						|
          if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
 | 
						|
            Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
 | 
						|
              << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
 | 
						|
              << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
 | 
						|
          else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
 | 
						|
            // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
 | 
						|
            ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
 | 
						|
            
 | 
						|
            if (Val != val.get()) {
 | 
						|
              val.release();
 | 
						|
              val = Val;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
 | 
						|
        //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
 | 
						|
        //   is the type of its initializing value:
 | 
						|
        //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 
 | 
						|
        //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
 | 
						|
        EltTy = Val->getType();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Val) {
 | 
						|
    if (Enum->isDependentType())
 | 
						|
      EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
 | 
						|
    else if (!LastEnumConst) {
 | 
						|
      // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
 | 
						|
      //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
 | 
						|
      //   is the type of its initializing value:
 | 
						|
      //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 
 | 
						|
      //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
 | 
						|
      EltTy = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Assign the last value + 1.
 | 
						|
      EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
      ++EnumVal;
 | 
						|
      EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Check for overflow on increment.
 | 
						|
      if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
 | 
						|
        // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
 | 
						|
        //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
 | 
						|
        //   is the type of its initializing value:
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
 | 
						|
        //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
 | 
						|
        //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
 | 
						|
        //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 
 | 
						|
        //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
 | 
						|
        //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
 | 
						|
        QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
 | 
						|
        if (T.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
          // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 
 | 
						|
          // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
 | 
						|
          EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
          EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
 | 
						|
          Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
 | 
						|
            << EnumVal.toString(10);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          EltTy = T;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
 | 
						|
        // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
 | 
						|
        // value, then increment.
 | 
						|
        EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
        EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
 | 
						|
        EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
 | 
						|
        ++EnumVal;        
 | 
						|
        
 | 
						|
        // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
 | 
						|
        // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
 | 
						|
        // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
 | 
						|
        // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
 | 
						|
        // integral type.
 | 
						|
        if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
 | 
						|
          Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
 | 
						|
      } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
                 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
 | 
						|
        // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
 | 
						|
        Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
 | 
						|
          << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						|
    // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 
 | 
						|
    // enumerator's type.
 | 
						|
    EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
 | 
						|
    EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  val.release();
 | 
						|
  return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                  Val, EnumVal);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclPtrTy theEnumDecl,
 | 
						|
                                        DeclPtrTy lastEnumConst,
 | 
						|
                                        SourceLocation IdLoc,
 | 
						|
                                        IdentifierInfo *Id,
 | 
						|
                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) {
 | 
						|
  EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
 | 
						|
    cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
 | 
						|
  // we find one that is.
 | 
						|
  S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
 | 
						|
  // scope.
 | 
						|
  NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
 | 
						|
                                         ForRedeclaration);
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
 | 
						|
    // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
 | 
						|
    DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
 | 
						|
    // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
 | 
						|
    PrevDecl = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl) {
 | 
						|
    // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
 | 
						|
    // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
 | 
						|
    assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
 | 
						|
           "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
 | 
						|
      if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
 | 
						|
        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
 | 
						|
      Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
 | 
						|
      if (Val) Val->Destroy(Context);
 | 
						|
      return DeclPtrTy();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst,
 | 
						|
                                            IdLoc, Id, Owned(Val));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
 | 
						|
  if (New) {
 | 
						|
    New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
 | 
						|
    PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
 | 
						|
                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc, DeclPtrTy EnumDeclX,
 | 
						|
                         DeclPtrTy *Elements, unsigned NumElements,
 | 
						|
                         Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
 | 
						|
  EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX.getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
  QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Attr)
 | 
						|
    ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
 | 
						|
      EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
 | 
						|
        cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
      if (!ECD) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ECD->setType(EnumType);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
 | 
						|
  // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
 | 
						|
  // emit a warning.
 | 
						|
  unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
 | 
						|
  unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth();
 | 
						|
  unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
 | 
						|
  // reverse the list.
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
 | 
						|
  bool AllElementsInt = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
 | 
						|
      cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
    if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
 | 
						|
    if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
 | 
						|
      NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
 | 
						|
                                 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
 | 
						|
                                 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
 | 
						|
    if (AllElementsInt)
 | 
						|
      AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums.
 | 
						|
  QualType BestType;
 | 
						|
  unsigned BestWidth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
 | 
						|
  //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
 | 
						|
  //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
 | 
						|
  //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
 | 
						|
  //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
 | 
						|
  //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
 | 
						|
  // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
 | 
						|
  //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
 | 
						|
  // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 
 | 
						|
  QualType BestPromotionType;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (NumNegativeBits) {
 | 
						|
    // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
 | 
						|
    // int/long/longlong) that fits.
 | 
						|
    // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
 | 
						|
    if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = CharWidth;
 | 
						|
    } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
 | 
						|
               NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.ShortTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = ShortWidth;
 | 
						|
    } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = IntWidth;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
 | 
						|
        BestType = Context.LongTy;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
 | 
						|
          Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
 | 
						|
        BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
 | 
						|
    // all of the enumerator values.
 | 
						|
    // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
 | 
						|
    if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
 | 
						|
      BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = CharWidth;
 | 
						|
    } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
 | 
						|
      BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = ShortWidth;
 | 
						|
    } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = IntWidth;
 | 
						|
      BestPromotionType
 | 
						|
        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
                           ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
    } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
 | 
						|
               (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) {
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
 | 
						|
      BestPromotionType
 | 
						|
        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
                           ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
 | 
						|
      assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
 | 
						|
             "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
 | 
						|
      BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
 | 
						|
      BestPromotionType
 | 
						|
        = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
                           ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
 | 
						|
  // the type of the enum if needed.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
 | 
						|
      cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i].getAs<Decl>());
 | 
						|
    if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
 | 
						|
    // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
 | 
						|
    // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
 | 
						|
    // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
 | 
						|
    // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
 | 
						|
    llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
 | 
						|
    // the enum decl type.
 | 
						|
    QualType NewTy;
 | 
						|
    unsigned NewWidth;
 | 
						|
    bool NewSign;
 | 
						|
    if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
 | 
						|
        isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
 | 
						|
      NewTy = Context.IntTy;
 | 
						|
      NewWidth = IntWidth;
 | 
						|
      NewSign = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
 | 
						|
      // Already the right type!
 | 
						|
      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
        // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
 | 
						|
        // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
 | 
						|
        // enumeration.
 | 
						|
        ECD->setType(EnumType);
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      NewTy = BestType;
 | 
						|
      NewWidth = BestWidth;
 | 
						|
      NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Adjust the APSInt value.
 | 
						|
    InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
 | 
						|
    InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
 | 
						|
    ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
 | 
						|
    if (ECD->getInitExpr())
 | 
						|
      ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy,
 | 
						|
                                                      CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast,
 | 
						|
                                                      ECD->getInitExpr(),
 | 
						|
                                                      CXXBaseSpecifierArray(),
 | 
						|
                                                      /*isLvalue=*/false));
 | 
						|
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
      // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
 | 
						|
      // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
 | 
						|
      // enumeration.
 | 
						|
      ECD->setType(EnumType);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      ECD->setType(NewTy);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
 | 
						|
                           NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Sema::DeclPtrTy Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                            ExprArg expr) {
 | 
						|
  StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr.takeAs<Expr>());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
 | 
						|
                                                   Loc, AsmString);
 | 
						|
  CurContext->addDecl(New);
 | 
						|
  return DeclPtrTy::make(New);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
 | 
						|
                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
 | 
						|
                             SourceLocation NameLoc) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl) {
 | 
						|
    PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr());
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
 | 
						|
      std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
 | 
						|
        (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
 | 
						|
                                IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation NameLoc,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
 | 
						|
  Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
 | 
						|
                                    LookupOrdinaryName);
 | 
						|
  WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (PrevDecl) {
 | 
						|
    if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
 | 
						|
      if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
 | 
						|
        DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
 | 
						|
      std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 |